WO2019029728A1 - Communication method, apparatus and system - Google Patents

Communication method, apparatus and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019029728A1
WO2019029728A1 PCT/CN2018/100072 CN2018100072W WO2019029728A1 WO 2019029728 A1 WO2019029728 A1 WO 2019029728A1 CN 2018100072 W CN2018100072 W CN 2018100072W WO 2019029728 A1 WO2019029728 A1 WO 2019029728A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
grid
prb
terminal
indication information
subcarrier spacing
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/100072
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李新县
唐浩
唐臻飞
李俊超
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201710908898.6A external-priority patent/CN109392081B/en
Priority to EP18844532.4A priority Critical patent/EP3547592B1/en
Priority to JP2020529803A priority patent/JP7016416B2/en
Priority to KR1020207007237A priority patent/KR102364994B1/en
Priority to CN201880052150.3A priority patent/CN111357229A/en
Priority to RU2020109947A priority patent/RU2770687C2/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to AU2018315385A priority patent/AU2018315385B2/en
Priority to EP21189833.3A priority patent/EP3972181A1/en
Priority to BR112020002744-8A priority patent/BR112020002744A2/en
Priority to US16/235,539 priority patent/US11075789B2/en
Publication of WO2019029728A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019029728A1/en
Priority to US17/351,941 priority patent/US20210314208A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, apparatus, and system.
  • the cell accesses the wireless network through cell search, system information reception, and random access process, thereby obtaining the service of the wireless network.
  • the terminal detects a synchronization signal (SS), determines a cell in which the terminal camps according to the SS, and obtains downlink synchronization with the cell.
  • SS synchronization signal
  • the detection of the SS by the terminal is performed with a channel raster of a granularity of 100 kHz for all bands, that is, the carrier center frequency is an integer multiple of 100 kHz.
  • the SS includes a primary synchronization signal (PSS) and a secondary synchronization signal (SSS).
  • PSS primary synchronization signal
  • SSS secondary synchronization signal
  • PRBs physical resource blocks
  • the SS is located at the center of the carrier, that is, the center frequency of the SS is consistent (or the same) with the center frequency of the carrier. Therefore, after detecting the SS, the terminal can know the center frequency of the carrier.
  • the terminal and the cell After the cell search, the terminal and the cell obtain downlink synchronization, and can receive downlink information sent by the network device through the cell.
  • a network device broadcasts a bandwidth (or system bandwidth) information of a carrier on a physical broadcast channel (PBCH).
  • PBCH physical broadcast channel
  • the terminal receives the bandwidth information of the carrier, and determines the carrier bandwidth according to the bandwidth information of the carrier.
  • the terminal can obtain the center frequency of the carrier after detecting the SS, and obtain the carrier bandwidth after searching the PBCH, and then determine the grid of the physical resource block (PRB) of the carrier according to the center frequency of the carrier and the carrier bandwidth ( Grid).
  • PRB physical resource block
  • the center frequency of the SS is no longer consistent with the center frequency of the carrier.
  • the existing method of determining the PRB grid may lead to resource interpretation errors and the problem of incorrect reception or transmission of data, resulting in communication quality. decline.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, apparatus, and system, in order to determine a physical resource block (PRB) grid when a center frequency of a synchronization signal (SS) does not coincide with a center frequency of a carrier, thereby correctly receiving or transmitting data.
  • PRB physical resource block
  • the first aspect provides a communication method, including: receiving, by a terminal, an SS from a network device; determining, by the terminal, the first PRB grid according to the SS; the terminal receiving, by the network device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency offset between a PRB grid and a second PRB grid; the terminal determines a second PRB grid based on the first PRB grid and the first frequency offset.
  • the second aspect provides a communication method, including: the network device sends an SS to the terminal according to the first PRB grid; the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first PRB grid and the first a first frequency offset between the two PRB grids; the network device performs information transmission with the terminal according to the second PRB grid.
  • a communication apparatus for a terminal, comprising: means or means for performing the steps of the first aspect above.
  • a communication apparatus for a network device, comprising: means or means for performing the steps of the second aspect above.
  • a communication apparatus comprising at least one processing element and at least one storage element, wherein the at least one storage element is for storing a program and data, and when the apparatus is used for a terminal, the at least one processing element is used
  • the method of the first aspect of the present application is performed; when the apparatus is for a network device, the at least one processing element is operative to perform the method provided by the second aspect of the present application.
  • a communication device comprising at least one processing element (or chip) for performing the method of the above first or second aspect.
  • a program for performing the method of the first aspect or the second aspect above when executed by a processor.
  • a program product such as a computer readable storage medium, comprising the program of the seventh aspect is provided.
  • the network device indicates, to the terminal, a frequency offset between the PRB grid corresponding to the SS and the PRB grid corresponding to the data/control channel, so that the terminal may detect the SS according to the PRB grid corresponding to the SS and The frequency offset determines the PRB grid corresponding to the data/control channel. In this way, the correct transmission and reception of data/control information can be performed on the data/control channel.
  • the subcarrier spacing of the second PRB grid is the same as the subcarrier spacing of the SS.
  • the network device sends the first indication information through a physical broadcast channel (PBCH), and the terminal receives the first indication information by using the PBCH.
  • PBCH physical broadcast channel
  • the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency offset value, where an offset direction of the first PRB grid relative to the second PRB grid is predefined or indicated by the second indication information; or, the first The indication information is used to indicate the frequency offset value and the offset direction of the first PRB grid relative to the second PRB grid.
  • the method may further include: the third indication information of the network device to the terminal, where The third indication information is used to indicate a second frequency offset between the second PRB grid and the third PRB grid, where a subcarrier spacing of the third PRB grid is greater than a subcarrier spacing of the SS; the terminal receives the third indication Information, and determining a third PRB grid based on the second PRB grid and the second frequency offset.
  • the network device sends the third indication information through the PBCH, or sends the third indication information through the remaining minimum system information RMSI; or sends the third indication information through a Radio Resource Control (RRC) message.
  • the terminal receives the third indication information by using a PBCH, an RMSI or an RRC message.
  • the terminal when detecting the SS, may determine the PRB grid for the SS according to the SS.
  • the network device The PRB grid for the data/control information may be determined according to the first indication information; when the subcarrier spacing of the SS and the subcarrier spacing of the data/control information are different, the terminal may be the same as the subcarrier spacing of the SS according to the second indication information.
  • the PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing determines the PRB grid for the data/control information, and thus, the correct transmission of data/control information on carriers supporting multiple subcarrier spacings can be achieved.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a terminal initially accessing a wireless network according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a frequency domain of an SS, a PBCH, and an SS block in which an SS and a PBCH are located according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a frequency domain of an SS according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an SS grid and a PRB grid according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a first PRB grid and a second PRB grid according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a first PRB grid and a second PRB grid in another case according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of still another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a PRB grid corresponding to multiple subcarrier spacings according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a PRB grid according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an initial access network of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of transmitting different SSs on a broadband carrier according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of different terminals accessing the same carrier through different SSs according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of still another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of different terminals accessing the same carrier through different SSs according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of still another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of a PRB grid according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of another PRB grid according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • a terminal also called a user equipment (UE), a mobile station (MS), a mobile terminal (MT), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • a terminal is a device that provides voice/data connectivity to users.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • a handheld device having a wireless connection function, an in-vehicle device, or the like.
  • terminals are: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MIDs), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality. (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grid Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and the like.
  • the network device is a device that provides wireless services for the terminal, and includes, for example, a radio access network (RAN) node (or device).
  • a RAN node (or device) is a node (or device) in a network that connects a terminal to a wireless network.
  • RAN nodes are: gNB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), and Node B (Node).
  • RAN nodes are: gNB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), and Node B (Node).
  • B, NB base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit , BBU), or Wifi access point (AP), etc.
  • the RAN includes a centralized unit (CU) node or a distributed unit (DU) node, in which the functional division on the RAN side is implemented in the CU and the DU, and A plurality of DUs are centrally controlled by one CU.
  • the RAN node may be a CU node/DU node.
  • the functions of the CU and the DU may be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network. For example, the function of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer is set in the CU, the protocol layer below the PDCP, for example, radio link control. , RLC) and media access control (MAC) functions are set in the DU.
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • the division of the protocol layer is only an example, and can also be divided in other protocol layers, for example, in the RLC layer, the functions of the RLC layer and the above protocol layer are set in the CU, and the functions of the protocol layer below the RLC layer are set in the DU; Alternatively, in a certain protocol layer, for example, a part of the function of the RLC layer and a function of a protocol layer above the RLC layer are set in the CU, and the remaining functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer below the RLC layer are set in the DU. In addition, it may be divided in other manners, for example, according to the delay division, the function that needs to meet the delay requirement is set in the DU, and the function lower than the delay requirement is set in the CU.
  • Multiple means two or more, and other quantifiers are similar.
  • “/” describes the association relationship of the associated object, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships. For example, A/B can indicate that there are three cases where A exists separately, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists separately.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal 120 accesses the wireless network through the network device 110 to acquire a service of an external network (such as the Internet) through the wireless network, or communicates with other terminals through the wireless network.
  • the terminal is initially connected to the wireless network to obtain the service of the wireless network, and the data is transmitted and received.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the terminal initially accessing the wireless network according to the embodiment of the present application. schematic diagram. After the terminal is powered on, the process of cell search, system information reception, random access, etc. is initially accessed into the wireless network, and then data transmission (TX) and reception (RX) can be performed.
  • TX data transmission
  • RX reception
  • the terminal detects a synchronization signal (SS), determines a cell in which the terminal camps according to the SS, and obtains downlink synchronization with the cell.
  • SS synchronization signal
  • the detection of the SS by the terminal is performed by using a channel raster, and the channel raster is 100 kHz for all bands, that is, the carrier center frequency is Integer multiple of 100kHz.
  • the SS includes a primary synchronization signal (PSS) and a secondary synchronization signal (SSS).
  • the PSS and the SSS are mapped to six physical resource blocks (PRBs) in the middle of the carrier (ie, the entire system bandwidth), that is, 72 subcarriers in the middle of the carrier. Since no downlink synchronization is obtained with the cell at this time, in order to prevent interference, 62 subcarriers actually mapped to the middle of the carrier are protected by 5 subcarriers on each side. It can be seen that the SS is located at the center of the carrier, that is, the center frequency of the SS is consistent (or the same) with the center frequency of the carrier. Therefore, after detecting the SS, the terminal can know the center frequency of the carrier.
  • PRBs physical resource blocks
  • the terminal and the cell After the cell search, the terminal and the cell obtain downlink synchronization, and can receive downlink information sent by the network device through the cell.
  • a network device broadcasts a bandwidth (or system bandwidth) information of a carrier on a physical broadcast channel (PBCH).
  • PBCH physical broadcast channel
  • the terminal receives the bandwidth information of the carrier, and determines the carrier bandwidth according to the bandwidth information of the carrier.
  • the terminal can obtain the center frequency of the carrier after detecting the SS, and obtain the carrier bandwidth after searching the PBCH, and then determine the physical resource block (PRB) grid of the carrier according to the center frequency of the carrier and the carrier bandwidth (grid) ).
  • PRB physical resource block
  • 5G mobile communication system also known as the New Radio (NR) communication system
  • NR New Radio
  • the terminal initially accesses the wireless network also through the process of cell search, system information reception, and random access.
  • SS block synchronization signal block
  • the SS block includes an SS and a physical broadcast channel (PBCH), where the SS includes a PSS and an SSS.
  • PBCH physical broadcast channel
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a frequency domain of an SS, a PBCH, and an SS block in which an SS and a PBCH are located according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the SS block occupies 24 PRBs in the frequency domain, that is, 288 subcarriers.
  • the center position of the SS and PBCH in the frequency domain is the center position of the SS block in the frequency domain, that is, the center frequencies of the SS and PBCH are aligned with, or consistent with, the center frequency of the SS block.
  • the SS occupies 12 PRBs, that is, 144 subcarriers; the PBCH occupies 24 PRBs, that is, 288 subcarriers. That is to say, the SS is mapped to 12 PRBs, and the PBCH is mapped to 24 PRBs.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a frequency domain of an SS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the SS is mapped on the 7th to 18th PRBs of the SS block, and the 12 PRBs include 144 subcarriers, numbered from 0 to 143, wherein the SS sequence is mapped to subcarriers of numbers 8 to 134. Up; no other data is mapped on the 8 subcarriers and 9 subcarriers before and after to protect.
  • the network device transmits the SS block according to the SS raster, that is, the SS can transmit the SS and send the information on the PBCH.
  • the terminal blindly detects the SS according to the SS grid, that is, detects the SS at the position of the SS grid.
  • the center frequency of the SS can be known, and the information on the PBCH is received on the 24 PRBs centered on the center frequency.
  • the SS grid is a grid formed by the possible positions of the SS in the frequency domain. When the SS is transmitted at a position of the SS grid, the center frequency of the SS is located at this position.
  • the frequency domain position of the SS does not change.
  • the PRB grid corresponding to the SS may be determined according to the center frequency of the SS and the subcarrier spacing of the SS, where the subcarrier spacing of the SS refers to the subcarrier spacing used for SS transmission/reception.
  • the PRB grid used by the network device to transmit data/control information is centered on the center frequency of the carrier, and the size of the PRB grid is determined according to the subcarrier spacing of the data/control information, where the data/control The subcarrier spacing of information refers to the subcarrier spacing used for data/control information transmission/reception.
  • the terminal also performs data/control information transmission/reception according to the PRB grid corresponding to the SS, it may be inconsistent with the PRB grid used by the network device, thus causing misinterpretation of the PRB resources, thereby failing to correctly transmit and receive data.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an SS grid and a PRB grid according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the distance between the lower two adjacent vertical lines in Figure 5 represents the size of the SS grid, ie 180 kHz; the distance between the two adjacent vertical lines represents the size of the channel grid, ie 100 kHz.
  • the middle two PRB grids are respectively a PRB grid corresponding to the data/control channel on the carrier and a PRB grid corresponding to the SS.
  • the PRB size is the same.
  • the network device transmits the SS at location 510
  • the terminal performs blind detection based on the SS grid, detecting SS at location 510; and making location 510 180*N kHz, where N is a non-negative integer.
  • the center frequency of the carrier is at the center of the carrier and is an integer multiple of the channel grid. When the number of PRBs of the carrier is even, the center frequency of the carrier is located between two PRBs, that is, at the junction of two PRBs.
  • the center frequency of the carrier is located at the center of the intermediate PRB.
  • the center frequency of the carrier be 100*M kHz
  • the offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the position 510 is
  • the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz
  • the PRB size corresponding to the SS is 15*12 kHz, that is, 180 kHz; the PRB size corresponding to the data/control channel is also 180 kHz.
  • the PRB grid corresponding to the SS and the PRB grid corresponding to the data/control channel may not be aligned. If the terminal receives or transmits data according to the PRB grid corresponding to the SS, there may be a resource interpretation error, and the data may not be correctly received or transmitted. The problem caused the quality of communication to drop.
  • the following embodiments provide several solutions to solve the problem of determining the PRB grid.
  • the network device indicates to the terminal the frequency offset between the PRB grid corresponding to the SS and the PRB grid corresponding to the data/control channel, so that when the terminal detects the SS, the terminal may be based on the PRB grid corresponding to the SS. And the frequency offset, determining the PRB grid corresponding to the data/control channel. In this way, the correct transmission and reception of data/control information can be performed on the data/control channel.
  • the PRB corresponding to the SS and the PRB corresponding to the data/control channel have the same subcarrier spacing.
  • the PRB grid used for the carrier at this time is the PRB network.
  • the PRB grid G 1 can be obtained by the above scheme to perform transmission and reception of data/control information on the data/control channel.
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal the frequency offset between the PRB grid G 2 and the PRB grid G 1 such that the terminal may adopt the above method
  • the PRB grid G 1 is obtained, and in turn the PRB grid G 2 is obtained for transmission and reception of data/control information on the data/control channel.
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal a frequency offset between the boundary of the PRB grid G 2 and the center frequency of the SS such that the terminal may offset the PRB grid G 2 according to the center frequency of the SS and the frequency in the data / Transmission and reception of data/control information on the control channel.
  • PRB can be directly from the grid G 1 and the data for / control channel sub-carrier transmission interval obtained PRB grid G 2, for data on the data / control channel / control the transmission and reception of information.
  • the frequency offset in the embodiment of the present application is an absolute value, wherein the frequency offset between A and B may refer to the absolute value of the frequency offset of A with respect to B, and may also refer to the absolute value of the frequency offset of B with respect to A. value.
  • the PRB grid in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as a PRB grid structure.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6, the method includes the following steps:
  • the network device sends the SS to the terminal.
  • S620 The terminal detects the SS.
  • S630 When the SS is detected, determining the first PRB grid (PRB grid G 0 ) according to the SS; that is, when the terminal receives the SS from the network device, determining the first PRB grid according to the SS (PRB grid G 0 ) .
  • S640 the network device sends indication information to the terminal I 1, I 1 for the indication information indicating the frequency difference between the first grid PRB (PRB grid G 0) and a second grid PRB (PRB grid G 1) Partial Move F 1 .
  • the terminal determines the second PRB grid (PRB grid G 1 ) according to the first PRB grid (PRB grid G 0 ) and the frequency offset F 1 .
  • Step S660 After determining the second PRB grid (PRB grid G 1 ), if the network device uses the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the second PRB grid (PRB grid G 1 ) on the carrier for data/control information transmission, a network device according to the second allocation grid PRB (PRB grid G 1) of terminal resources, network between the terminal device and data can be RPB according to the second grid (PRB grid G 1) / control information transmission (Step S660).
  • the first grid PRB (PRB grid G 0) can be referred to as a SS (SS or block) grid PRB (PRB grid G 0), the second grid may be referred to as a PRB PRB for the grid carrier (PRB grid G 1 ).
  • the first PRB grid is a PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of the SS (or SS block) in the frequency domain.
  • the second PRB grid may be a PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of the physical channel information/physical signals on the carrier in the frequency domain.
  • the physical channel herein refers to a physical channel other than the PBCH, for example, the physical channel includes an uplink/downlink control channel, an uplink/downlink shared channel (also referred to as a data channel), and at least one of the random access channels;
  • the physical channel information is Refers to information carried on a physical channel;
  • a physical signal refers to a physical signal other than SS, for example, the physical signal includes a reference signal.
  • the data/control channel is taken as an example, and the random access channel or physical signal is similar.
  • the mesh device transmits the SS at a position of the SS grid, and the center frequency of the SS is located at the position.
  • the terminal does not know at which location the network device is sent, so in the above step S620, the terminal performs blind detection according to the SS grid.
  • the SS is detected at the first location of the SS grid, it may be determined that the location where the network device transmits the SS is the first location, ie, the center frequency of the SS.
  • the network device can simultaneously broadcast information on the PBCH in S610.
  • the terminal When the terminal detects the SS in S620, the terminal can determine the center frequency of the SS, and can also determine the center frequency of the PBCH that is consistent with the center frequency of the SS; The frequency domain location of the PBCH receives the information broadcast by the network device on the PBCH.
  • the terminal determines the first PRB grid according to the first position of the SS grid (ie, the center frequency of the SS) and the subcarrier spacing of the SS.
  • One boundary of the first PRB grid is located at the first location, and the size of the PRB in the first PRB grid is the product of the subcarrier spacing of the SS and the number of subcarriers (for example, 12) in the PRB.
  • the terminal detects the SS at the location 510
  • one boundary of the first PRB grid is located at the location 510, and the size of the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz, and the size of the PRB is 180 kHz.
  • the network device may send the indication information to the terminal through I 1 PBCH.
  • the network device broadcasts a master information block (MIB) on the PBCH, and the MIB carries the above indication information I 1 .
  • the terminal determines the frequency domain location of the PBCH, the center frequency of the PBCH is the center frequency of the SS, and the PBCH is mapped to the 24 PRBs on both sides of the center frequency; and the indication information I 1 broadcasted by the network device is received on the PBCH.
  • the indication information I 1 may be the frequency offset F 1 itself or may be indication information of the frequency offset F 1 .
  • the indication information I 1 may be 1-bit information.
  • the frequency offset F 1 is indicated as 0, that is, there is no frequency offset, that is, the first PRB grid and the first The two PRB grids are aligned.
  • the first PRB grid is determined, ie the second PRB grid is determined.
  • the frequency offset F 1 is indicated as a half PRB.
  • the grid of the first PRB may be offset by half a PRB to obtain the first The grid of two PRBs.
  • step S650 the terminal information indicating a frequency offset press indicated by I 1 F 1 of the first mobile grid PRB in the frequency domain to obtain a second grid PRB.
  • data/control information transmission of the second PRB grid corresponding subcarrier spacing may be performed between the terminal and the network device, including uplink transmission/downlink transmission, and the PRB boundary and the second PRB network at this time Alignment. That is, the network device may determine, according to the second PRB grid, a location of the PRB of the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the second PRB grid in the frequency domain, thereby allocating resources for the terminal, and the terminal receives the data/control information on the allocated resource, or Data/control information is transmitted on the allocated resources. At this point, the network device and the terminal have the same understanding of the PRB grid, thereby ensuring the correct interpretation of the resources and the correct transmission and reception of the data/control information.
  • the PRB boundary of the first PRB grid is aligned with the center frequency of the SS.
  • the PRB boundary of the second PRB grid is aligned with the center frequency of the carrier. If the grid of the SS is an integer multiple of the channel grid, then the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are aligned.
  • the center frequency of the carrier is aligned with the center of one PRB in the second PRB grid. At this time, if the offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is half PRB At integer multiples, the first PRB grid is aligned with the second PRB grid.
  • the first case Suppose the size of the SS grid is 360 kHz, the size of the channel grid is 180 kHz, and the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 30 kHz.
  • the center frequency of the SS is 360*n kHz
  • the center frequency of the carrier is 180*m kHz
  • the subcarrier spacing of 30kHz corresponds to a PRB size of 360 kHz.
  • the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is
  • k
  • the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is 180*k kHz.
  • m, n, and k are non-negative integers, and "
  • the center frequency of the carrier is at the boundary of the second PRB grid.
  • m is an even number
  • is an even number, that is, k is an even number
  • the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is 180*k kHz, which is an integer of the PRB size (360 kHz).
  • the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are aligned.
  • the center frequency of the carrier is at the center of the second PRB grid, that is, the center of the intermediate PRB.
  • m is an odd number
  • is an odd number
  • k is an odd number
  • the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is 180*k kHz, which is an integer of the PRB size (360 kHz).
  • the remaining 1/2 PRB is half of the PRB size.
  • the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are aligned.
  • the indication information I 1 at this time can indicate the frequency offset F. 1 is 0. For example, when the indication information I 1 is "0", the frequency offset F 1 is indicated as 0.
  • the second case Suppose the size of the SS grid is 360 kHz, the size of the channel grid is 180 kHz, and the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz.
  • the position of the center frequency of the SS is 360*n kHz
  • the position of the center frequency of the carrier is 180*m kHz
  • the size of the PRB corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz is 180 kHz.
  • the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is
  • m, n, and k are non-negative integers
  • " represents an absolute value.
  • the center frequency of the carrier is at the boundary of the second PRB grid.
  • m is an even number
  • is an even number, that is, k is an even number
  • the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is 180*k kHz, which is an integer of the PRB size (180 kHz).
  • the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are aligned.
  • the center frequency of the carrier is at the center of the second PRB grid, that is, the center of the intermediate PRB.
  • m is an odd number
  • is an odd number
  • k is an odd number
  • the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is 180*k kHz, which is an integer of the PRB size (180 kHz). Times. At this time, the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are not aligned, and are offset by half a PRB.
  • the 1-bit indication information I 1 may be used to indicate the frequency offset F 1 between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid.
  • the indication information is “0”, indicating that the frequency offset F 1 between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid is 0, that is, the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are aligned;
  • the indication information is “1”, indicating that the frequency offset F 1 between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid is half PRB, that is, there is a bias between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid. Move the positional relationship of half of the PRBs.
  • the contents indicated by “0” and “1” may be reversed, and the application does not limit this.
  • the third case assuming that the size of the SS grid is 180 kHz, the size of the channel grid is 100 kHz, and the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz.
  • the position of the center frequency of the SS is 180*n kHz
  • the position of the center frequency of the carrier is 100*m kHz
  • the size of the PRB corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz is 180 kHz.
  • the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is
  • the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS differs depending on the values of m and n, and the frequency offset F 1 between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid There are many possibilities.
  • the indication information may be used to directly indicate the frequency offset F 1 between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid.
  • a predefined set of offsets includes all possible values of a frequency offset between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid, which in this example may be ⁇ 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 160, 170 ⁇ kHz, a total of 16 values.
  • the 4-bit indication information I 1 may be used to indicate one of the offset sets. Terminal and network equipment understanding indication contents information indicated by I 1 is consistent.
  • 1-bit indication information or indicator bits are also used to indicate the offset direction.
  • the offset directions are different, and the frequency offset between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid is also different. Therefore, in one implementation, the offset to the high frequency direction or the low frequency direction may be predefined, that is, the offset direction is predefined, and the understanding of the offset direction by the network device and the terminal is consistent. In another implementation, another indication information I 2 is added or 1 bit is added to the indication information for indicating the offset direction. For example, "0" is used to indicate a shift in the low frequency direction, and "1" is used to indicate a shift in the high frequency direction. Of course, the contents indicated by “0” and “1” may be reversed, and the application does not limit this.
  • a third case may be used to indicate between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid.
  • Frequency offset F 1 When the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is not an integer multiple of the 1/2 PRB size, a third case may be used to indicate between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid.
  • the offset set when the offset direction is shifted to the low frequency direction, can be ⁇ 0, 10, 20 , 30, 40, 60, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 160 ⁇ kHz; when the offset direction is shifted to the high frequency direction, the offset set may be ⁇ 0, 20, 40, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 120, 140, 160, 170 ⁇ kHz.
  • the fourth case assuming that the size of the SS grid is 100 kHz, the size of the channel grid is 100 kHz, and the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz.
  • the position of the center frequency of the SS is 100*n kHz
  • the position of the center frequency of the carrier is 100*m kHz
  • the size of the PRB corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz is 180 kHz.
  • the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is
  • the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are aligned.
  • the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are offset by 10 kHz or 90 kHz.
  • the offset direction may be predefined to be shifted to the high frequency direction or to the low frequency direction.
  • I 1 indicates a first grid and a second PRB PRB offset grid frequency F 1.
  • One of the values indicates that the frequency offset is 0, that is, no offset; the other value is offset by 10 kHz or 90 kHz.
  • the frequency offset value and the offset direction may be indicated by the 2-bit indication information I 1 .
  • the 2-bit indication information I 1 For example, "00" indicates that the frequency offset is 0, that is, no offset; "01” indicates that the first PRB grid is shifted by 10 kHz in the low frequency direction (or 90 kHz in the high frequency direction) to obtain a second PRB grid. . "10” indicates that the first PRB grid is shifted by 10 kHz in the high frequency direction (or 90 kHz in the low frequency direction) to obtain a second PRB grid.
  • the size of the SS grid is 100 kHz
  • the size of the channel grid is 100 kHz
  • the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 30 kHz
  • the first PRB grid Aligned with the second PRB grid.
  • the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are offset by 20 kHz or 80 kHz.
  • the fifth case for a high frequency communication system, that is, a communication system in which the carrier frequency is higher than 6 GHz.
  • the size of the SS grid is 2880 kHz
  • the size of the channel grid is 720 kHz
  • the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 120 kHz. Then, regardless of whether the number of 120 kHz PRBs in the carrier is odd or even, the channel raster and the SS raster can be guaranteed.
  • the offset value is 720*k. Then, it can be ensured that the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are aligned, and the indication information I 1 may not be broadcast in the PBCH in the high frequency communication system.
  • the size of the SS grid is 11520 kHz
  • the size of the channel grid is 720 kHz
  • the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 240 kHz.
  • the size of the SS grid, the size of the channel grid, and the subcarrier spacing of the SS may be determined according to the frequency of the carrier, for example, according to the frequency band in which the carrier is located.
  • the carrier frequency band of 1.8 GHz supports the second case, in which the relationship between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid is indicated by the indication information I 1 .
  • the carrier frequency band of 3.5 GHz supports the first case, in which the relationship between two PRBs may not be indicated or the frequency offset is 0, the terminal defaults that the first PRB and the second PRB are aligned. For details, see Table 1 below.
  • the indication information I 1 may not be transmitted except that the indication information indicates that the frequency offset is 0.
  • the indication information I 1 may not be transmitted by default.
  • the terminal assumes (or defaults) that the PRB grid for the SS (or SS block) is the same (or consistent) as the PRB grid for the carrier.
  • the selection of the SS sub-carrier spacing, the SS grid and the channel grid in different frequency ranges may select only one of the combinations, and may also select multiple combinations, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal assumes (or defaults) that the PRB grid for the SS (or SS block) is the same (or identical) to the structure of the PRB grid for the carrier.
  • the terminal defaults the PRB grid for the SS (or SS block) to the PRB grid for the carrier to perform correct transmission and reception of the data/control information on the data/control channel.
  • the PRB grid for the SS (or SS block) is the same (or identical) to the structure of the PRB grid for the carrier, which is consistent with the assumption of the terminal, so the terminal can be on the data/control channel. Proper transmission and reception of data/control information.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal defaults to the SPB grid of the SS and the PRB grid for the carrier is the same or aligned.
  • the method includes the following steps:
  • S910 The terminal receives the SS from the network device.
  • the terminal determines, according to the SS, a first PRB grid, where the first PRB grid is aligned (or consistent) with a PRB grid for data/control information transmission on the carrier;
  • S930 The terminal receives/transmits data/control information on the carrier by using the PRB grid with the first PRB grid as a carrier.
  • the process of the terminal receiving the SS and determining the first PRB grid according to the SS is the same as the steps S620 and S630 in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal defaults the PRB grid for the SS and the PRB grid for the carrier to be the same or aligned, and the PRB grid for the SS is used as the PRB grid of the carrier, because the carrier is used for data/control
  • the PRB grid of information transmission is aligned with the PRB grid for SS, and the terminal can correctly interpret the frequency resources and receive and transmit the data/control information.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of still another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal defaults to the SPB grid of the SS and the PRB grid for the carrier is the same or aligned.
  • the method includes the following steps:
  • the network device determines the size of the SS grid, the size of the channel grid, and the subcarrier spacing according to the frequency of the carrier.
  • the network device sends the SS in the first position of the SS grid by using the determined subcarrier spacing, where the center frequency of the SS is located at the first location.
  • the network device transmits or receives data/control information on the carrier by using the determined subcarrier spacing, wherein the PRB grid for the carrier is the same as the PRB grid for the SS.
  • the NR communication system supports multiple subcarrier spacings, such as ⁇ 3.75, 7.5, 15, 30, 60, 120, 240, 480 ⁇ kHz.
  • a plurality of subcarrier spacings can be supported on one carrier, and PRBs corresponding to different subcarrier spacings are located on the PRB grid, that is, different subcarrier spacings have different PRB grids.
  • the PRB grids corresponding to different subcarrier spacings have a nested relationship in the frequency domain.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a PRB grid corresponding to multiple subcarrier spacings according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the left side f 0 , 2f 0 , 4f 0 and 8f 0 represent the subcarrier spacing, and the grid corresponding to the spacing of these subcarriers represents the PRB grid under the corresponding subcarrier spacing. It can be seen that the PRB grid corresponding to the different subcarrier spacing is There are nested relationships in the frequency domain. After determining the PRB grid corresponding to a seed carrier interval, the terminal cannot determine other PRB grids corresponding to the subcarrier spacing larger than the subcarrier spacing. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the boundary of the PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing f 0 may fall on the boundary of the PRB grid corresponding to 2f 0 , or may fall on the PRB in the PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing 2f 0 . center of. Therefore, the terminal cannot determine the PRB grid corresponding to 2f 0 . If the terminal is determined subcarrier spacing 2f 0 PRB corresponding to a grid, the subcarrier spacing f 0 corresponding to the boundary mesh PRB only on the boundary 2f 0 PRB corresponding to the grid spacing in the subcarriers, the subcarriers may thus The interval f 0 directly determines the PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing f 0 .
  • the present embodiment provides another application communication method, in this method, a network device transmits to the terminal between different indication PRB subcarrier spacing grid corresponding indication information I 3, I 3 for the indication The frequency offset, so the terminal can determine the unknown PRB grid based on the known PRB grid and the frequency offset.
  • the known PRB grid may be the PRB grid G 1 in the above embodiment, that is, the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the known PRB grid is the same as the subcarrier spacing of the SS, and the known PRB grid is acquired.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the method includes the following steps:
  • the terminal determines the PRB grid D 1 , where the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB grid D 1 is S 1 .
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal I 3; the indication information indicates PRB and PRB mesh grid. 1 D D F between the frequency offset 22, wherein D 2 mesh PRB corresponding subcarrier spacing S 2 , wherein the subcarrier spacing S 2 is greater than the subcarrier spacing is S 1 .
  • the terminal receives the indication information I 3 from the network device, and performs the following step S123.
  • S123 The terminal D 1 and PRB grid frequency offset F 2, the grid is determined PRB D 2.
  • the terminal determines that the grid PRB D After 2 , the network device has the same understanding of resources, which improves the correctness of data/control information transmission.
  • the PRB grid D 1 may be the PRB grid G 1 in the above embodiment.
  • the terminal may determine the PRB grid D 1 by using the method in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again. Or the terminal default PRB grid D 1 (PRB grid G 1 ) and the PRB grid (PRB grid G 0 ) for SS (or SS block) are the same (or consistent), then the terminal after detecting the SS, according to The detected SS directly determines the PRB grid D 1 .
  • PRB corresponding to the grid D 1 subcarrier spacing S 1 SS may subcarrier spacing.
  • Network device may send the indication information I 3 through the PBCH; the terminal may receive the indication information I 3 through PBCH.
  • the network device may send the information indicating the remaining minimum system information (remaining minimum system information, RMSI) I 3; terminal receives the RMSI, the indication information RMSI I 3.
  • the network level signaling device may, for example, RRC (radio resource control, RRC) message to transmit the indication information I 3; terminal receives the high-level signaling, the high-band signaling information indicating the I 3.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the multiple subcarrier spacing includes a subcarrier spacing S 1 and a subcarrier spacing S 2 , where the subcarrier spacing S 1 is the same as the subcarrier spacing of the SS, and the subcarrier spacing S 2 and the subcarriers of the SS The intervals are different.
  • the terminal may determine the PRB grid for the SS according to the SS.
  • the PRB grid used by the terminal for the SS is the same as the PRB grid for the carrier, the PRB grid of the SS may be used as the PRB. Grid D 1 .
  • the support can be realized as data on a subcarrier spacing of S 1 and S 2 of the carrier / correct transmission of control information. More subcarrier spacing is similar, and will not be described here.
  • the terminal default PRB grid D 1 (PRB grid G 1 ) is the same as the PRB grid G 0 for the SS (or SS block), and after detecting the SS, the terminal determines the above PRB grid D according to the detected SS. 2 .
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13 , the method includes the following steps:
  • the network device sends the SS to the terminal.
  • S132 The terminal detects the SS.
  • S133 Determine the center frequency of the SS when the SS is detected.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal I 4, I 4 the indication information for indicating the boundary frequency between the center frequency of the PRB SS grid offset D 2 F 3.
  • the terminal determines the PRB grid D 2 according to the center frequency of the SS and the frequency offset F 3 .
  • the terminal determines that the grid PRB D After 2 , the network device has the same understanding of resources, which improves the correctness of data/control information transmission.
  • D 2 mesh above PRB corresponding subcarrier interval S is larger than the subcarrier spacing SS 2.
  • the network device may send the indication information I 4 through the PBCH; the terminal may receive the indication information I 4 through the PBCH.
  • the network device may send the indication information by RMSI I 4; terminal receives the RMSI, the indication information RMSI I 4.
  • the network level signaling device may, for example, the RRC message transmitting the indication information I 4; terminal receives the high-level signaling, the high-band signaling information indicating the I 4.
  • the position can be indicated by the 1-bit indication information I 3 , for example, “0” indicates position 0, and “1” indicates position. 1.
  • the meaning of the value of the indication information I 3 can also be reversed, and no limitation is imposed on this.
  • the center frequency of the SS (or SS block) may be located at the boundary of the PRB grid D 2 (position 0 in the figure), or may be located at the center of the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 (as shown in the figure).
  • the position can be indicated by the 1-bit indication information I 4 at this time, for example, "0" indicates position 0, and "1" indicates position 1.
  • the meaning of the value of the indication information I 4 can also be reversed, and no limitation is imposed on this.
  • the above position can be represented by a frequency offset, that is, position 0 indicates that the frequency offset F 2 or F 3 is 0, and position 1 indicates that the frequency offset F 2 or F 3 is half PRB.
  • PRB corresponding to subcarriers of the same PRB grid spacing D 2 corresponding to the subcarrier spacing.
  • the boundary of the PRB grid D 1 may be located at the boundary of the PRB grid D 2 (position 0 in the figure). It can also be located at 1/4 of the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 (position 1 in the figure), or at the center of the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 (position 2 in the figure), or in the PRB grid D 2 3/4 of the PRB (position 3 in the figure). 2 can be used at this time, bit information indicating position to indicate that the I 3, for example, "00" indicates the position 0, "01” indicates the position 1, "10” indicates the position 2, "11” indicates the position 3.
  • bit information indicating position to indicate that the I 3
  • the center frequency of the SS may be located at the boundary of the PRB grid D 2 (position 0 in the figure), or may be located at 1/4 of the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 (Position 1 in the figure), it can also be located at the center of the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 (position 2 in the figure) or at 3/4 of the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 (position 3 in the figure).
  • the position can be indicated by the 2-bit indication information I 4 at this time, for example, "00" indicates position 0, "01” indicates position 1, "10” indicates position 2, and "11" indicates position 3.
  • the above position can be expressed by the frequency offset, that is, the position 0 indicates that the frequency offset F 2 or F 3 is 0, the position 1 indicates that the frequency offset F 2 or F 3 is 1/4 PRB, and the position 2 indicates the frequency offset F 2 or F 3 is 1/2 PRB, and position 3 indicates that the frequency offset F 2 or F 3 is 3/4 PRB.
  • the possible position number of a PRB in the PRB grid D 2 can be predefined from the low frequency domain position to the high frequency domain position number or the predefined number from the high frequency domain position to the low frequency domain position. Or use 1 bit to indicate the direction of the number, that is, the direction of the offset.
  • the PRB grid D 2 can be used for data/control information transmission, for example, the PRB grid D2 can be used for transmission of RMSI.
  • the PRB grid D2 is now the PRB grid of the RMSI.
  • the method of determining the PRB grid D2 provided by the above embodiments may be used to determine the PRB grid of the RMSI.
  • the PRB grid of the RMSI refers to the PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing used to transmit the RMSI.
  • the subcarrier spacing is the RMSI more PRB corresponding to the grid D 2 subcarrier spacing S 2.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of still another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 24, the method includes the following steps:
  • S241 The network device sends the SS block.
  • the SS block includes an SS and a PBCH, where the information of the subcarrier spacing S 2 of the RMSI is carried on the PBCH.
  • the terminal detects the SS and receives the information on the PBCH.
  • the terminal After detecting the SS, the terminal can determine the center frequency of the SS, and then receive the information on the PBCH on the 24 PRBs centered on the center frequency. In this way, the terminal can obtain the subcarrier spacing S 2 of the RMSI. Since the subcarrier spacing S 2 of the RMSI may be different from the subcarrier spacing of the SS, as described in the above embodiments, when the subcarrier spacing S 2 of the RMSI is greater than the subcarrier spacing of the SS, the network device indicates the PRB grid to the terminal. The frequency between D 1 and PRB grid D 2 is offset by F 2 so that the terminal determines the PRB grid D2 of the RMSI from the PRB grid D 1 . For example, the network device sends indication information I 0 to the terminal, the indication information being used to determine the PRB grid of the RMSI. At this time, the above methods also include:
  • the network device sends the indication information I 0 to the terminal, where the indication information is used to determine a PRB grid of the RMSI.
  • the network device can send the indication information I 0 through the PBCH.
  • the terminal receives the indication information I 0 , and determines a PRB grid of the RMSI according to the indication information I 0 .
  • the terminal determines the PRB grid D 1 according to any of the above embodiments, and further determines the PRB grid of the RMSI according to the PRB grid D 1 and the indication information I 0 .
  • S245 The terminal receives the RMSI according to the determined PRB grid of the RMSI.
  • indication information I 0, which indicates the information I 0 is suitable for implementation in any preceding meshes determination scheme PRB of D 2, D 2 of the PRB grid, for example, in FIG. 24 RMSI a PRB grid.
  • Solution 1 Indicate the relative position between the PRB grid D 1 and the PRB grid D 2
  • Instructions I 0 may include a 2-bit information bits, for different D 1 of the corresponding subcarrier PRB grid spacing S 1 and PRB grid D 2 corresponding to the subcarrier spacing S 2, the 2-bit interpreting the information bits are different .
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of a PRB grid according to an embodiment of the present application. It is assumed that the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB grid D 1 is the reference subcarrier spacing f 0 , and the subcarrier spacing is equal to the subcarrier spacing of the SS; the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB grid D 2 is f 1 . As shown in FIG. 25, FIG. 25(1) shows an example where the subcarrier spacing is f 0 is 15 kHz, the subcarrier spacing is f 1 is 30 kHz, and FIG.
  • f 0 is 30 kHz
  • one boundary of the PRB grid D 1 may be located at the boundary of the PRB grid D 2 (indicated by position 0 in the figure), or may be located at the center of the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 . (in the figure, it is indicated by position 1).
  • the 2-bit indication information I 0 can be used to indicate the grid position, for example, "00” indicates position 0, "01” indicates position 1, "10” and “11” as reserved information bits.
  • the meaning of the value of the indication information I 0 may also have other explanations, for example, “10” indicates position 0, “11” indicates position 1, “00” and “01” as reserved information bits; .
  • the above grid position can be represented by a frequency domain offset, that is, “00” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 0, and “01” indicates that the frequency domain offset is half PRB or 6 subcarriers, and the corresponding subcarrier of the PRB or subcarrier.
  • the carrier spacing is the same as the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB grid D 2 .
  • one boundary of the PRB grid D 1 may be located at the boundary of the PRB grid D 2 (indicated by position 0 in the figure), or may be located in the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 .
  • /4 indicated by position 1 in the figure
  • the frequency domain offset direction may be predefined to shift the boundary B1 from the low frequency domain position to the high frequency domain position or the predefined boundary B1 from the high frequency domain position to the low frequency domain position, or use 1 bit to indicate the direction of the offset.
  • the grid position can be indicated by the 2-bit indication information I 0 .
  • the meaning of the indication information I 0 can also have other explanations, and no limitation is imposed on this.
  • the above grid position can be represented by a frequency domain offset. For example, “00” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 0, “01” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 1/4 PRB or 3 subcarriers, and "10" indicates frequency.
  • the domain offset is 1/2 PRB or 6 subcarriers, and “11” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 3/4 PRBs or 9 subcarriers, and the corresponding subcarrier spacing of the PRB or subcarrier corresponds to the PRB grid D 2 .
  • the subcarrier spacing is the same. Or “00" indicates that the frequency domain offset is 0, "01” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 1 PRB or 12 subcarriers, "10” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 2 PRBs or 24 subcarriers, and “11” indicates 3 offset frequency domain PRB or 36 subcarriers, the subcarriers or subcarriers PRB corresponding to the same PRB grid spacing D corresponds to a sub-carrier interval.
  • the frequency domain offset direction may pre-define the boundary B2 from the low frequency domain position to the high frequency domain position offset or the predefined boundary B2 from the high frequency domain position to the low frequency domain position, or use 1 bit to indicate the direction of the offset.
  • one boundary of the above PRB grid D 1 has an offset with respect to the center frequency of the SS (offset as shown in the figure), and the offset may be “0”, and the PRB grid of the SS may be used as the PRB grid D 1 .
  • the indication information I 0 can be used to indicate the relative position between the PRB grid D 1 and the PRB grid D 2 , and the relative position can be a frequency domain offset or a PRB grid D 1 The position of the preset boundary on the PRB grid D 2 .
  • Solution 2 Instruct the PRB grid corresponding to the maximum subcarrier spacing supported by the carrier frequency band, thereby implicitly acquiring the PRB grid D 2 .
  • the indication information I 0 may include a 2-bit information bit for indicating a PRB grid corresponding to the maximum sub-carrier spacing supported by the carrier frequency band. For example, in a carrier below 6 GHz, no matter how large the subcarrier of the RMSI is, the indication information is used to indicate the PRB grid corresponding to 60 kHz.
  • the indication information I 0 indicates the relative position between the PRB grid D 2 ′ and the PRB grid D 1 corresponding to the maximum subcarrier spacing supported by the carrier frequency band, and the relative position may be a frequency domain offset or a PRB grid D The position of 1 on the PRB grid D 2 '.
  • the indication information I 0 is “00” indicating that the frequency domain offset is 0, “01” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 1/4 PRB or 3 subcarriers, and “10” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 1/2.
  • the frequency domain offset is 3/4 PRBs or 9 subcarriers
  • the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB or subcarrier is the maximum subcarrier spacing (60 kHz) supported by the current carrier frequency band.
  • the indication information I 0 is “00” indicating that the frequency domain offset is 0, “01” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 1 PRB or 12 subcarriers, and “10” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 2 PRBs or 24 subcarriers.
  • the “11” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 3 PRBs or 36 subcarriers, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB or subcarrier is the subcarrier spacing of the SS.
  • the frequency domain offset direction may pre-define the boundary B2 of the PRB grid D1 from the low frequency domain position to the high frequency domain positional offset or the boundary of the predefined PRB grid D1 from the high frequency domain position to the low frequency domain position, or use 1 bit indicates the direction of the offset.
  • the indication information I 0 indicates the relative position between the PRB grid D 2 ′′ corresponding to the maximum subcarrier spacing supported by the carrier frequency band and the PRB grid D 1 , and the relative position may be a frequency domain offset or a PRB grid D The position of 1 on the PRB grid D 2 ”.
  • the indication information I 0 is “00” indicating that the frequency domain offset is 0, “01” indicates that the frequency domain offset is half PRB or 6 subcarriers, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB or subcarrier is the current carrier frequency band support.
  • Maximum subcarrier spacing 60kHz).
  • the indication information I 0 is “00” indicating that the frequency domain offset is 0, “01” indicates that the offset is 1 PRB or 12 subcarriers, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB or the subcarrier is the same as the subcarrier spacing of the SS.
  • the frequency domain offset direction may pre-define the boundary B1 of the PRB grid D1 from the low frequency domain position to the high frequency domain position offset or the boundary B1 of the predefined PRB grid D1 from the high frequency domain position to the low frequency domain position, or use 1 bit indicates the direction of the offset.
  • the meaning of the above indication information I 0 may also have other explanations, and no limitation is imposed thereon.
  • the PRB grid D 2 may be determined according to the nesting relationship between different subcarrier spacings shown in FIG.
  • the indication information I 0 can be used to indicate a PRB grid corresponding to the maximum subcarrier spacing supported by the carrier frequency band.
  • the relative position may be a frequency domain offset or a preset boundary of the PRB grid D 1 The position on the PRB grid corresponding to the maximum subcarrier spacing supported by the carrier band.
  • the RMSI is used for the terminal to access the carrier.
  • the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI is supported by all terminals.
  • the subcarrier spacing of 60 kHz may not be applicable to all terminals, and the candidate subcarrier spacing of the RMSI may be only 15 kHz or 30 kHz.
  • the second indication information I 0 of 1 bit may be transmitted on the PBCH to Indicates the PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI.
  • the indication information I 0 is “0” indicating that the frequency domain offset is 0, “1” indicates that the half PRB or the 6 subcarriers are offset, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB or the subcarrier is the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI.
  • the indication information I 0 is “0” indicating that the frequency domain offset is 0, and “1” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 1 PRB or 12 subcarriers, and the PRB or subcarrier spacing is the same as the subcarrier spacing of the SS.
  • the frequency domain offset direction may pre-define the boundary B1 or B2 in the PRB grid D1 from the low-frequency domain position to the high-frequency domain positional offset or the boundary B1 or B2 in the predefined PRB grid D1 from the high-frequency domain position to the low-frequency domain position Shift, or use 1 bit to indicate the direction of the offset.
  • the meaning of the above indication information I 0 may also have other explanations, and no limitation is imposed thereon.
  • the candidate subcarrier spacing of the RMSI is two
  • the indication information I 0 includes a 1-bit information bit, which can be used to indicate the relative position between the PRB grid D 1 and the PRB grid D 2
  • the relative position may be a position offset in the frequency domain or grid PRB 1 D a predetermined boundary in a grid PRB of D 2.
  • Option 4 Joint PRB Grid indicating RMSI subcarrier spacing and RMSI.
  • the RMSI is used for the terminal to access the carrier.
  • the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI is supported by all terminals.
  • the subcarrier spacing of 60 kHz may not be applicable to all terminals, RMSI
  • the candidate subcarrier spacing is only 15 kHz or 30 kHz.
  • 2 bits of indication information I 0 may be transmitted on the PBCH to indicate the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI and the PRB grid of the RMSI.
  • the subcarrier spacing S 1 of the SS is 15 kHz
  • the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI is S 2
  • the meaning of each value of the indication information I 0 can be as shown in Table 3 below:
  • the candidate positions in the table can be position 0 and position 1 as shown in Fig. 25(1).
  • Candidate position 1 can be position 0, and candidate position 2 can be position 1; it can also be reversed.
  • the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI is S 2 .
  • the PRB grid of the RMSI can be obtained according to the nesting relationship shown in FIG.
  • the indication information I 0 may be used only to indicate the subcarrier spacing, and the meaning of each value of the indication information I 0 may be as shown in Table 6 below:
  • the above location may be represented by a frequency domain offset, as shown in Table 7 or Table 8 below: since the number of PRBs offset at this time is 0, the indication information I 0 may be used only to indicate the subcarrier spacing.
  • the offset in the table is the offset of the boundary B1 or B2 in the PRB grid D 1 to the RPB grid D 2 , and the frequency domain offset direction can be predefined from the low frequency domain position to the high frequency domain position offset or predefined from The high frequency domain position is shifted to the low frequency domain position, or 1 bit is used to indicate the direction of the offset.
  • the unit of the offset may also be the number of subcarriers, and one PRB corresponds to 12 subcarriers.
  • the candidate subcarrier spacing of the RMSI is two
  • the indication information I 0 includes a 2-bit information bit, which can be used to indicate the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI, or to indicate the subcarrier spacing and the PRB grid of the RMSI. 2 the relative position between D 1 and D PRB grid, this relative position may be offset in the frequency domain or grid PRB D 1 a predetermined position on the boundary of the grid PRB of D 2.
  • Option 5 Joint PRB Grid indicating RMSI subcarrier spacing and RMSI.
  • the candidate subcarrier spacing of the RMSI is not limited.
  • the indication information I 0 includes a 3-bit information bit for indicating the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI and the relative position between the PRB grid D 1 and the PRB grid D 2 , which may be a frequency domain offset or a PRB. The position of a preset boundary of the grid D 1 on the PRB grid D 2 .
  • the interpretation of the value of the indication information I 0 is different.
  • S 1 is 15 kHz
  • the meaning of the indication information I 0 is as shown in Table 9 below:
  • the candidate positions in the table where S 2 is 30 kHz can be as shown in Fig. 25 (1), which are position 0 and position 1, respectively.
  • Candidate position 0 can be position 0, candidate position 1 can be position 1; vice versa.
  • the candidate positions in the table where S 2 is 60 kHz can be as shown in Fig. 26, which are positions 0-3.
  • Candidate position 0 can be position 0, candidate position 1 can be position 1; candidate position 2 can be position 2, and candidate position 3 can be position 3.
  • candidate positions 0-3 may also be in other forms for positions 0-3 in FIG. 26, and the application is not limited.
  • the candidate positions in the table where S 2 is 60 kHz can be as shown in Fig. 25 (2), which are position 0 and position 1, respectively.
  • Candidate position 1 can be position 0, and candidate position 2 can be position 1; it can also be reversed.
  • the offset in the table is the offset of the boundary B1 or B2 in the PRB grid D 1 to the RPB grid D 2 , and the frequency domain offset direction can be predefined from the low frequency domain position to the high frequency domain position offset or predefined from the high
  • the frequency domain position is shifted to the low frequency domain position, or 1 bit is used to indicate the direction of the offset.
  • the unit of the offset may also be the number of subcarriers, and one PRB corresponds to 12 subcarriers.
  • Scheme 6 Limiting the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI without adding extra bits, the indication of multiplexing the RMSI indicates the PRB grid of the RMSI.
  • the indication information of the RMSI is used to indicate the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI.
  • the set of subcarrier spacing supported by different carrier frequency bands is limited. For example, in the carrier frequency band below 6 GHz, ⁇ 15, 30, 60 ⁇ kHz is supported, and on the carrier frequency band higher than 6 GHz, ⁇ 120, 240 ⁇ kHz is supported. Therefore, when the network device indicates the subcarrier spacing S 2 of the RMSI to the terminal device, the requirement can be satisfied by using the 2-bit information bit.
  • This scheme S 2 by limiting the candidate subcarrier spacing set, the terminal notifies the data subcarrier spacing S 2 corresponding to the grid D 2 PRB without increasing the bit.
  • the network device sends the indication information I 0 to the terminal in the PBCH, and the terminal corresponds to the subcarrier spacing S1.
  • PRB of D 1 and the grid information indicating a subcarrier spacing I 0 S 2 determines a PRB corresponding to the grid D 2.
  • the specific bit information of the indication information I 0 is as shown in Table 15 below:
  • the candidate positions in the table where S 2 is 30 kHz can be as shown in Fig. 25 (1), which are position 0 and position 1, respectively.
  • Candidate position 1 can be position 0, and candidate position 2 can be position 1; it can also be reversed.
  • the specific bit information of the indication information I 0 is as shown in Table 18 below:
  • the candidate positions in the table where S 2 is 60 kHz can be as shown in Fig. 25 (2), which are position 0 and position 1, respectively.
  • Candidate position 1 can be position 0, and candidate position 2 can be position 1; it can also be reversed.
  • the offset in the table is the offset of the boundary B1 or B2 in the PRB grid D 1 (corresponding to the subcarrier spacing S 1 ) to the RPB grid D 2 (corresponding to the subcarrier spacing S 2 ), and the frequency domain offset direction can be pre- Defining the offset from the low frequency domain position to the high frequency domain position or pre-defining from the high frequency domain position to the low frequency domain position, or using 1 bit to indicate the direction of the offset, the unit of the offset may also be the number of subcarriers, one The PRB corresponds to 12 subcarriers.
  • the network device may notify the PRB grid corresponding to the maximum subcarrier spacing supported by the carrier frequency band in the RMSI or RRC message.
  • a network device may in RMSI or higher layer signaling, such as RRC message, sending indication information indicating at least a maximum support of the sub-carrier frequency of one carrier spacing S 3 corresponding to PRB grid, the sub The carrier spacing can be a subcarrier spacing for transmitting data and/or control information.
  • a PRB grid of 60 kHz is indicated; in a frequency band higher than 6 GHz, no indication is needed, because in a frequency band higher than 6 GHz, the candidate subcarrier spacing of the SS is ⁇ 120, 240 ⁇ kHz,
  • the set of subcarrier spacing candidates for data and/or control information is ⁇ 60, 120 ⁇ kHz, and the subcarrier spacing for data and/or control information is not greater than the subcarrier spacing of the SS.
  • the indication information indicates a frequency domain offset between the PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing S 3 and the known PRB grid
  • the known PRB grid may be a PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing S 1
  • the interval S 1 may be a subcarrier spacing of the SS or may be the same subcarrier spacing for data and/or control information transmission as the SS subcarrier spacing
  • the known PRB grid may be a subcarrier spacing corresponding to the RMSI
  • the PRB grid, or other PRB grid corresponding to the known subcarrier spacing is known to mean that the network device and the terminal understand.
  • the indication information may include a 2-bit information bit, that is, a 2-bit information bit may be used to indicate a PRB grid corresponding to a maximum sub-carrier spacing supported by the carrier frequency band.
  • the predefined known PRB grid is an RPB grid with the same subcarrier spacing for data transmission as the SS subcarrier spacing. If the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz, then “00” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 0. "01” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 1/4 PRB or 3 subcarriers, "10” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 1/2 PRB or 6 subcarriers, and "11” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 3/.
  • the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB or subcarrier is the maximum subcarrier spacing supported by the current carrier frequency band.
  • “00" indicates that the frequency domain offset is 0, "01” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 1 PRB or 12 subcarriers, "10” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 2 PRBs or 24 subcarriers, and "11” indicates The frequency domain offset is 3 PRBs or 36 subcarriers, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB or subcarrier is the subcarrier spacing of the SS.
  • the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 30 kHz
  • "00" indicates that the frequency domain offset is 0, and "01” indicates that the frequency domain offset is half PRB or 6 subcarriers, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB or subcarrier is current.
  • “00” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 0, and “01” indicates that the offset is 1 PRB or 12 subcarriers, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB or subcarrier is the same as the subcarrier spacing of the SS.
  • Frequency domain offset direction may be predefined subcarrier spacing S 1 PRB corresponding to a predetermined grid or a predetermined boundary position shifted from the low frequency to the high frequency domain position-domain position sense subcarrier spacing S 1 PRB corresponding to a grid
  • the preset boundary position is shifted from the high frequency domain position to the low frequency domain position, or 1 bit is used to indicate the direction of the offset.
  • the subcarrier spacing of the SS is the subcarrier spacing of the SS block.
  • the preset boundary in the foregoing solution may be a data and/or a controlled PRB corresponding to the SS block subcarrier spacing after the SS block center frequency is shifted to the low frequency domain position or the high frequency domain position by a certain number of subcarriers.
  • the boundaries of the grid alignment are B1 in Figure 25 and B2 in Figure 26.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an initial access network of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the process of the terminal initially accessing the network includes the following steps:
  • the network device sends an SS block, where the SS block includes an SS and a PBCH. That is, the network device transmits the SS and broadcasts the information on the PBCH.
  • the terminal detects the SS.
  • the frequency domain position of the PBCH is determined according to the center frequency of the SS and the subcarrier spacing of the SS. For example, 24 PRBs centered on the center frequency of the SS are frequency domain locations of the PBCH, and the PRBs correspond to subcarrier spacings where the subcarrier spacing is SS. In this way, the terminal can receive information on the PBCH in the frequency domain location of the PBCH.
  • S154 The network device sends the RMSI.
  • the terminal receives the RMSI, where the information on the PBCH includes the information of the frequency domain location of the scheduling information of the RMSI, and the terminal may determine the frequency domain location of the scheduling information of the RMSI according to the information on the PBCH, and then receive the scheduling of the RMSI according to the frequency domain location. information.
  • the scheduling information of the RMSI is used to indicate the frequency domain location where the RMSI is located, and the terminal receives the RMSI according to the scheduling information of the RMSI.
  • the information on the PBCH includes resource information of the downlink control channel, and the resource of the downlink control channel is, for example, a control resource set (CORESET).
  • the resource information may be frequency domain indication information for indicating a frequency domain location of the CORESET.
  • the resource information includes CORESET offset indication information and a size of CORESET.
  • the CORESET offset indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain offset of the CORESET relative to the reference point, and the reference point may be a lowest, center, or highest frequency domain position of the SS (or SS block), the CORESET offset value being CORESET The frequency domain offset value of the lowest, center, or highest frequency domain position relative to the reference point.
  • the CORESET is used for terminal blind detection control information, for example, information carried on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), where the PDCCH includes a common search space for carrying public information, for example, scheduling including RMSI. information.
  • the terminal acquires the location of the CORESET, and then detects the downlink control information according to the location of the CORESET, acquires the scheduling information of the RMSI, and obtains the resource location where the RMSI is located according to the scheduling information of the RMSI, thereby receiving the RMSI.
  • the RMSI includes resource information of random access, and after the terminal receives the RMSI, the random access procedure can be started (S156).
  • the information of the frequency domain location of the scheduling information of the RMSI in the PBCH is the number of offset PRBs, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB is the subcarrier spacing of the SS, it may be implicitly in this manner.
  • the lowest frequency domain position for obtaining CORESET is aligned with the PRB grid boundary corresponding to the CORESET.
  • the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI is 30 kHz
  • the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz.
  • the PRB of the 15 kHz is used as the granularity, indicating the center frequency position of the CORESET and the SS.
  • the offset between the center frequency positions is 7 PRBs and the size of the CORESET is 10 PRBs. Then the terminal can think that the lowest frequency domain position of the 10 PRBs of CORESET is aligned with the 30 kHz PRB grid boundary.
  • the concept of a wideband carrier is introduced in the NR communication system.
  • the broadband carrier is a carrier whose carrier bandwidth (BW) is greater than or equal to a preset bandwidth, for example, 100 MHz.
  • BW carrier bandwidth
  • the wideband carrier can allow different terminals to access the carrier through different SSs (or SS blocks), where different SSs refer to different frequency domain locations, that is, SSs transmitted in different frequency domain locations. That is to say, on the broadband carrier, the network device can send multiple SS blocks, and the SS in each SS block can allow one or more terminals to access the carrier, and different terminals can be connected through SS in different SS blocks. Go to this carrier. At this time, there will be a case where the grids of the PRBs are not aligned when the different terminals determine the resources of the PBCH.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of transmitting different SSs on a wideband carrier according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • location 162 is not aligned with the boundary of the PRB grid, so for terminals that detect SS at location 162, their understanding and location of the PRB grid 161.
  • the terminal that detects the SS has an inconsistent understanding of the PRB grid. Therefore, the terminal that accesses the carrier through different SSs cannot access the carrier.
  • the terminal that detects the SS at the location 162 cannot accurately determine the resource location of the PBCH. Therefore, the carrier cannot be accessed.
  • the case shown in Fig. 17 will be described below as an example.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of different terminals accessing the same carrier through different SSs according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the network device transmits a first SS at location 171 of the SS grid in the figure, and a second SS is transmitted at location 172 of the SS grid in the figure.
  • the terminal 173 and the terminal 174 detect the SS according to the SS grid, and the terminal 173 detects the first SS at the position 171 of the SS grid, and determines the PRB grid according to the center frequency of the first SS, thereby determining the resource location of the PBCH.
  • the terminal 174 detects the second SS at the location 172 of the SS grid and determines the PRB grid based on the center frequency of the second SS to determine the resource location of the PBCH. However, if the PRB grid determined by the position 171 of the SS grid is used as a reference, then for the terminal 174, there may be cases where the PRB grid is not aligned. As shown in FIG. 17, the PRB grid boundaries determined by the terminal 173 and the terminal 174 are not aligned. It can be seen that the understanding of the PRB grid by the terminal 173 and the terminal 174 is inconsistent. Therefore, there must be an inconsistency between the terminal and the network device for the PRB grid. For example, if the terminal is the terminal 174, the terminal 174 cannot correctly determine the resource location of the PBCH, and thus cannot correctly receive the MIB, so that the carrier cannot be accessed.
  • the embodiment of the present application proposes a communication method such that the frequency offset between the center frequencies of different SSs is a positive integer multiple of the smallest common multiple of the SS grid size and the PRB size, thus using different SS accesses.
  • the terminal of the same carrier determines the PRB grid according to the center frequency of the SS, the understanding of the PRB grid is consistent, and the MIB can be correctly received, thereby accessing the carrier. Description will be made below with reference to the drawings.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method is used to solve the problem that some terminals cannot access the carrier when the different terminals access the carrier through different SSs on different carriers on the same carrier.
  • the method includes:
  • the network device sends the first SS on the carrier, where the center frequency of the first SS is located at the first position of the SS grid.
  • S182 When there is a second SS to be sent, the network device sends a second SS on the carrier, where a center frequency of the second SS is located at a second location of the SS grid.
  • the network device uses the same subcarrier spacing when transmitting the SS on the same carrier, that is, the first SS and the second SS are transmitted using the same subcarrier spacing.
  • the frequency offset between the second location and the first location is a positive integer multiple of the least common multiple of the SS grid size and the PRB size, where the PRB size is the subcarrier spacing used to send the first SS and the second SS (below)
  • the product of the subcarrier spacing of the SS is collectively referred to as the number of subcarriers included in the PRB.
  • the network device when there is a second SS to be sent, the network device does not directly send the second SS at the location of the next SS grid, or does not randomly select a location of the SS grid to send the second SS, but with the first location.
  • the second SS is transmitted on the second position where the frequency offset satisfies the preset condition.
  • the preset condition is related to the SS grid size and the subcarrier spacing of the SS, that is, the frequency offset between the second location and the first location is a positive integer multiple of the least common multiple of the SS raster size and the PRB size, wherein the PRB size Related to the subcarrier spacing.
  • S183 The terminal detects the SS according to the SS grid.
  • the terminal When the SS is detected, the terminal acquires downlink synchronization with the cell according to the SS, thereby acquiring system information (S184); then, according to the system information, random access is initiated, so that the random access procedure can be started (S185).
  • the network device sends a first SS block, where the first SS block includes a first SS and a first PBCH, where the first SS includes a PSS and an SSS, that is, the network device sends the first SS and is at the first Broadcast information on the PBCH.
  • the center frequency of the first SS and the center frequency of the first PBCH are located at a first position of the SS grid.
  • the network device may periodically transmit the first SS at the first location and broadcast the information on the first PBCH.
  • the network device sends a second SS block, where the second SS block includes a second SS and a second PBCH, where the second SS includes the PSS and the SSS, that is, the network device sends the second SS and is in the second Broadcast information on the PBCH.
  • the PSS/SSS of the first SS and the PSS/SSS of the second SS may be the same SS sequence, but the frequency domain positions are different.
  • the center frequency of the second SS and the center frequency of the second PBCH are located at the second position of the SS grid.
  • the network device can periodically transmit the second SS at the second location and broadcast the information on the second PBCH.
  • the frequency offset between the different SS center frequencies is limited to a positive integer multiple of the least common multiple of the SS grid size and the PRB size.
  • the following takes an example of different SS grid size and subcarrier spacing size as an example.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of different terminals accessing the same carrier through different SSs according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the size of the SS grid is 100 kHz and the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz
  • the size of the PRB is 15*12 kHz, ie 180 kHz.
  • the least common multiple of 100 and 180 is 900
  • the frequency offset between the center frequencies of different SSs in one carrier (or the location of the SS grid in which it is located) is 900*n kHz, where n is a positive integer.
  • the terminal 193 detecting the SS from the SS grid first position 191 and the terminal 194 detecting the SS from the SS grid second position 192 are consistent in understanding the PRB grid, and therefore, both the terminal 93 and the terminal 194 are The MIB can be correctly received and then accessed to the carrier.
  • the PRB size is 30*12 kHz, or 360 kHz.
  • the least common multiple of 100 and 180 is 1800, and the frequency offset between the center frequencies of different SSs in one carrier (or the location of the SS grid in which it is located) is 1800*n kHz, where n is a positive integer.
  • the size of the PRB is 15*12 kHz, ie 180 kHz.
  • the frequency offset between the center frequencies of the different SSs in one carrier (or the location of the SS grid in which they are located) is 180*n kHz, where n is a positive integer.
  • the size of the PRB and the size of the SS grid are the same, so the least common multiple is 180 kHz. It can also be understood that there is no need to limit the frequency offset between different SS center frequencies, and the network device can transmit the SS at any two SS grid locations.
  • the size of the SS grid is 180 kHz, assuming that the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 30 kHz, the size of the PRB is 30*12 kHz, that is, 360 kHz.
  • the least common multiple of 180 and 360 is 360, and the frequency offset between the center frequencies of different SSs in one carrier (or the location of the SS grid in which it is located) is 360*n kHz, where n is a positive integer.
  • the size of the PRB is 120*12 kHz, which is 1440 kHz.
  • the least common multiple of 720 and 1440 is 1440, and the frequency offset between the center frequencies of different SSs in one carrier (or the location of the SS grid in which it is located) is 1440*n kHz, where n is a positive integer.
  • the size of the SS grid is 720 kHz, assuming that the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 240 kHz, the size of the PRB is 240*12 kHz, that is, 2880 kHz.
  • the least common multiple of 720 and 2880 is 2880, and the frequency offset between the center frequencies of different SSs in one carrier (or the location of the SS grid in which it is located) is 2880*n kHz, where n is a positive integer.
  • some terminals may detect the SS at the first location, and some terminals may detect the SS at the second location.
  • the terminal that detects the SS in the first location is the first terminal, and the first terminal may have one or more; the terminal that detects the SS in the second location is the second terminal, and the second terminal may have one or more One.
  • the system information acquired by the terminal may include MIB and RMSI.
  • the first terminal detects the first SS in the first position of the SS grid, and determines the resource location of the first PBCH according to the first SS, for example, the center frequency of the first SS is 24 PRBs in the center.
  • the first MIB sent by the network device is then received on the first PBCH.
  • the second terminal detects the second SS in the second position of the SS grid, and determines the resource location of the second PBCH according to the second SS, for example, the center frequency of the second SS is 24 PRBs in the center.
  • the second MIB sent by the network device is then received on the second PBCH.
  • any of the above MIBs may include resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate the resource location of the control channel where the RMSI scheduling information is located.
  • the terminal After the terminal correctly parses the MIB, the terminal receives the RMSI scheduling information sent by the network device according to the resource information in the MIB, and further The RMSI scheduling information receives the RMSI and initiates random access based on the RMSI to access the carrier.
  • the resource information of the downlink control channel is carried on the PBCH, and the resource of the downlink control channel is, for example, a control resource set (CORESET).
  • the resource information may be frequency domain indication information for indicating a frequency domain location of the CORESET.
  • the resource information includes a CORESET offset value and a size of the CORESET.
  • the CORESET offset value is used to indicate the frequency offset of the CORESET relative to the reference point, and the reference point may be the lowest, center, or highest frequency domain position of the SS (or SS block), the CORESET offset value being the lowest of the CORESET, The center, or the frequency offset of the highest frequency domain position relative to the reference point.
  • the CORESET is used for terminal blind detection control information, for example, information carried on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), where the PDCCH includes a common search space for carrying public information, for example, scheduling including RMSI. information.
  • the terminal acquires the location of the CORESET according to the MIB, and further detects the downlink control information according to the location of the CORESET, acquires the scheduling information of the RMSI, and obtains the resource location where the RMSI is located according to the scheduling information of the RMSI, thereby receiving the RMSI. After the terminal receives the RMSI, the random access procedure can be started.
  • the first terminal determines, according to the first resource information in the first MIB, a resource location of a control channel where the first RMSI scheduling information is located. Then, the first RMSI scheduling information is received on the control channel, and then the resource location where the first RMSI is located is determined according to the first RMSI scheduling information, and the first RMSI is received at the determined resource location.
  • the second terminal determines, according to the second resource information in the second MIB, a resource location of a control channel where the second RMSI scheduling information is located. Then, the second RMSI scheduling information is received on the control channel, and then the resource location where the second RMSI is located is determined according to the second RMSI scheduling information, and the second RMSI is received at the determined resource location.
  • the terminal accesses the carrier, the SS is first blindly detected, the frequency domain location of the PBCH is determined according to the detected SS, and the MIB carried on the PBCH is received in the determined frequency domain location.
  • the MIB includes information of a CORESET for transmitting downlink control information, and the terminal determines a frequency domain location of the CORESET according to the information, and further receives control information carried on the PDCCH in the determined frequency domain location.
  • the control information includes scheduling information of the RMSI, and the terminal determines the frequency domain location of the RMSI on the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) according to the scheduling information of the RMSI.
  • the terminal can receive the RMSI at a determined frequency domain location.
  • the RMSI can carry random access information, and the terminal can initiate random access according to the RMSI.
  • the size of the SS grid and the subcarrier spacing of the SS determine the frequency offset between the center frequencies of different SSs; or the size of the SS grid and the subcarrier spacing of the SS determine the transmission of different SSs.
  • the size of the SS grid and the subcarrier spacing of the SS are determined by the carrier frequency, and the size of the SS grid is the positive of the size of the PRB corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of the SS. Integer multiple.
  • the terminal that detects the different SSs has the same understanding of the PRB grid, so that the above frequency domain location restriction can be adopted, so that the access is through different SSs.
  • a terminal of the same carrier can correctly receive system information and access the carrier.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method is used to solve the problem that some terminals cannot access the carrier when the different terminals access the carrier through different SSs on different carriers on the same carrier.
  • the method includes:
  • the network device determines, according to the frequency of the carrier, a size of the SS grid and a subcarrier spacing of the SS.
  • the network device sends the SS on the carrier by using the determined subcarrier spacing, where a center frequency of the SS is located at a position of the SS grid, and a distance between two adjacent locations of the SS grid is Determine the size of the SS grid.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method is used to solve the problem that some terminals cannot access the carrier when the different terminals access the carrier through different SSs on different carriers on the same carrier.
  • the method includes:
  • the terminal determines the size of the SS grid and the subcarrier spacing of the SS according to the frequency of the carrier, where the size of the SS grid is a positive integer multiple of the PRB size, and the PRB size is the subcarrier spacing of the SS and the subcarrier included in the PRB.
  • the terminal detects the SS on the carrier according to the SS grid using the subcarrier spacing of the SS, where the distance between two adjacent locations of the SS grid is the determined size of the SS grid, and the center frequency of the SS is located in the SS. A position of the grid.
  • the size of the SS grid is equal to the PRB size corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of the SS.
  • Table 2 shows the subcarrier spacing of the SS and the size of the SS grid at several carrier frequencies, so that no matter which SS location is sent by the different SS, the terminal of the different SS is detected to the PRB network.
  • the understanding of the cells is consistent, so that the above-mentioned frequency domain location restriction can be adopted, so that terminals accessing the same carrier through different SSs can correctly receive system information and access the carrier.
  • FIG. 18, FIG. 20 and FIG. 21 can be combined with the foregoing embodiment, that is, when the transmission of different SSs is supported on the carrier, the above method can be adopted to enable the terminal accessing the carrier through different SSs to the PRB grid. Understand the same. And through the method of the above embodiment, the terminal correctly acquires the PRB grid for performing data/control information transmission, thereby performing correct data/control information transmission and reception.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides an apparatus for implementing any of the above methods, for example, providing an apparatus including a unit (or means) for implementing various steps performed by a terminal in any of the above methods.
  • an apparatus including means (or means) for implementing the various steps performed by the network device in any of the above methods.
  • the units in the device may all be implemented by software in the form of processing component calls; or may be implemented entirely in hardware; some units may be implemented in software in the form of processing component calls, and some units may be implemented in hardware.
  • the unit may be a separate processing element, or may be integrated in one of the devices of the device, or may be stored in a memory in the form of a program, which is called by a processing element of the device and performs the function of the unit. .
  • the implementation of other units is similar.
  • all or part of these units can be integrated or implemented independently.
  • the processing elements described herein can be an integrated circuit that has signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method or each of the above units may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or an instruction in a form of software.
  • a unit in a device may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), or one or more microprocessors ( Digital singnal processor (DSP), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA).
  • ASICs Application Specific Integrated Circuits
  • DSP Digital singnal processor
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • the processing element can be a general purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processor that can invoke the program.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • these units can be integrated and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • SOC system-on-a-chip
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application, for implementing the operation of the network device in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the network device includes an antenna 221, a radio frequency device 222, and a baseband device 223.
  • the antenna 221 is connected to the radio frequency device 221.
  • the radio frequency device 222 receives the information transmitted by the terminal through the antenna 221, and transmits the information transmitted by the terminal to the baseband device 223 for processing.
  • the baseband device 223 processes the information of the terminal and sends it to the radio frequency device 222.
  • the radio frequency device 222 processes the information of the terminal and sends it to the terminal through the antenna 221.
  • the above means for the network device may be located in the baseband device 223.
  • the unit of the network device implementing the various steps in the above method may be implemented in the form of a processing component scheduler, for example, the baseband device 223 includes the processing component 2231 and the storage component. 2232, processing component 2231 invokes a program stored by storage component 2232 to perform the method performed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the baseband device 223 may further include an interface 2233 for interacting with the radio frequency device 222, such as a common public radio interface (CPRI).
  • CPRI common public radio interface
  • the unit of the network device implementing the various steps in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, and the processing elements are disposed on the baseband device 223, where the processing element may be an integrated circuit, for example: One or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, etc. These integrated circuits can be integrated to form a chip.
  • the baseband device 223 includes a SOC chip for implementing the above method.
  • the processing element 2231 and the storage element 2232 may be integrated into the chip, and the method executed by the above network device may be implemented by the processing element 2231 in the form of a stored program of the storage element 2232; or, at least one integrated circuit may be integrated into the chip for implementation.
  • the above network device performs the method; or, in combination with the above implementation manner, the functions of the partial units are implemented by the processing component calling program, and the functions of the partial units are implemented by the form of an integrated circuit.
  • the above apparatus for a network device includes at least one processing element and a storage element, wherein at least one processing element is used to perform the method performed by the network device provided by the above method embodiments.
  • the processing element may perform some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the above method embodiment in a manner of calling the program stored in the storage element; or in a second manner: by hardware in the processor element
  • the integrated logic circuit performs some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment in combination with the instructions; of course, some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment may be performed in combination with the first mode and the second mode. .
  • the processing elements herein are the same as described above, and may be a general purpose processor, such as a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more specific An Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more digital singnal processors (DSPs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs).
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • DSPs digital singnal processors
  • FPGAs Field Programmable Gate Arrays
  • the storage element can be a memory or a collective name for a plurality of storage elements.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application. It can be the terminal in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the terminal in the above embodiment.
  • the terminal includes an antenna, a radio frequency device 231, and a baseband device 232.
  • the antenna is connected to the radio frequency device 231.
  • the radio frequency device 231 receives the information transmitted by the network device through the antenna, and transmits the information sent by the network device to the baseband device 232 for processing.
  • the baseband device 232 processes the information of the terminal and sends the information to the radio frequency device 231.
  • the radio frequency device 231 processes the information of the terminal and sends the information to the network device through the antenna.
  • the baseband device can include a modem subsystem for effecting processing of the various communication protocol layers of the data.
  • a central processing subsystem may also be included for implementing processing of the terminal operating system and the application layer.
  • other subsystems such as a multimedia subsystem, a peripheral subsystem, etc., may be included, wherein the multimedia subsystem is used to implement control of the terminal camera, screen display, etc., and the peripheral subsystem is used to implement connection with other devices.
  • the modem subsystem can be a separately set chip.
  • the processing device of the above frequency domain resources can be implemented on the modem subsystem.
  • the means for the terminal to implement the various steps of the above methods may be implemented in the form of a processing component scheduler, such as a subsystem of baseband device 232, such as a modem subsystem, including processing component 2321 and storage component 2322, Processing component 2321 invokes a program stored by storage component 2322 to perform the method performed by the terminal in the above method embodiments.
  • the baseband device 232 can also include an interface 2323 for interacting with the radio frequency device 231.
  • the unit that implements each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements disposed on a certain subsystem of the baseband device 232, such as a modem subsystem.
  • the processing elements herein may be integrated circuits, such as one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs or the like. These integrated circuits can be integrated to form a chip.
  • the units that implement the various steps in the above methods may be integrated and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • the baseband device 232 includes a SOC chip for implementing the above method.
  • the processing element 2321 and the storage element 2322 may be integrated into the chip, and the method executed by the above terminal may be implemented by the processing element 2321 calling the stored program of the storage element 2322; or, at least one integrated circuit may be integrated in the chip for implementing the above The method executed by the terminal; or, in combination with the above implementation manner, the functions of the partial units are implemented by the processing component calling program, and the functions of the partial units are implemented by the form of an integrated circuit.
  • the above apparatus for a terminal includes at least one processing element and a storage element, wherein at least one processing element is used to perform the method of terminal execution provided by the above method embodiments.
  • the processing element may perform some or all of the steps performed by the terminal in the above method embodiment in a manner of scheduling the program stored by the storage element in the first manner; or in a second manner: through integration of hardware in the processor element
  • the logic circuit performs some or all of the steps performed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiment in combination with the instruction; of course, some or all of the steps performed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiment may be performed in combination with the first mode and the second mode.
  • the processing elements herein are the same as described above, and may be a general purpose processor, such as a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more specific An Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more digital singnal processors (DSPs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs).
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • DSPs digital singnal processors
  • FPGAs Field Programmable Gate Arrays
  • the storage element can be a memory or a collective name for a plurality of storage elements.
  • the foregoing program may be stored in a computer readable storage medium, and the program is executed when executed.
  • the foregoing steps include the steps of the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes: a medium that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.

Abstract

A communication method, apparatus and system provided in embodiments of the present application, for use in determining a physical resource block (PRB) grid when a center frequency of a synchronization signal (SS) is consistent with a center frequency of a carrier, so as to correctly receive or transmit data. The method comprises: a terminal receives an SS from a network device; the terminal determines a first PRB grid according to the SS; the terminal receives first indication information from the network device, the first indication information being used for indicating a first frequency offset between the first PRB grid and a second PRB grid; and the terminal determines the second PRB grid according to the first PRB grid and the first frequency offset.

Description

通信方法、装置和系统Communication method, device and system 技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,特别涉及通信方法、装置和系统。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, apparatus, and system.
背景技术Background technique
在无线通信技术中,终端开机后,经过小区搜索、系统信息接收、和随机接入过程接入无线网络,进而获得无线网络的服务。在小区搜索的过程中,终端检测同步信号(synchronization signal,SS),根据SS确定终端驻留的小区,并与小区取得下行同步。In the wireless communication technology, after the terminal is powered on, the cell accesses the wireless network through cell search, system information reception, and random access process, thereby obtaining the service of the wireless network. During the cell search process, the terminal detects a synchronization signal (SS), determines a cell in which the terminal camps according to the SS, and obtains downlink synchronization with the cell.
终端对SS的检测是以信道栅格(channel raster)为粒度进行的,信道栅格对于所有频带(band)是100kHz,即载波中心频率是100kHz的整数倍。SS包括主同步信号(primary synchronization signal,PSS)和辅同步信号(secondary synchronization signal,SSS)。在频域上,PSS和SSS映射到载波(即整个系统带宽)中间的6个物理资源块(physical resource block,PRB)上,即载波中间的72个子载波。由于此时并没有与小区取得下行同步,为了防止干扰,实际映射到载波中间的62个子载波,两边各5个子载波起保护作用。可见SS位于载波的中心,即SS的中心频率与载波的中心频率一致(或相同)。因此,终端在检测到SS后,便可以得知载波的中心频率。The detection of the SS by the terminal is performed with a channel raster of a granularity of 100 kHz for all bands, that is, the carrier center frequency is an integer multiple of 100 kHz. The SS includes a primary synchronization signal (PSS) and a secondary synchronization signal (SSS). In the frequency domain, the PSS and the SSS are mapped to six physical resource blocks (PRBs) in the middle of the carrier (ie, the entire system bandwidth), that is, 72 subcarriers in the middle of the carrier. Since no downlink synchronization is obtained with the cell at this time, in order to prevent interference, 62 subcarriers actually mapped to the middle of the carrier are protected by 5 subcarriers on each side. It can be seen that the SS is located at the center of the carrier, that is, the center frequency of the SS is consistent (or the same) with the center frequency of the carrier. Therefore, after detecting the SS, the terminal can know the center frequency of the carrier.
在小区搜索之后,终端与小区取得了下行同步,可以接收网络设备通过该小区发送的下行信息。例如,网络设备在物理广播信道(physical broadcast channel,PBCH)上广播载波的带宽(或称为系统带宽)信息。终端接收该载波的带宽信息,根据该载波的带宽信息确定载波带宽。如此,终端在检测到SS后可以获得载波的中心频率,并在搜索PBCH后获得载波带宽,进而根据载波的中心频率和载波带宽确定载波的物理资源块(physical resource block,PRB)的网格(grid)。After the cell search, the terminal and the cell obtain downlink synchronization, and can receive downlink information sent by the network device through the cell. For example, a network device broadcasts a bandwidth (or system bandwidth) information of a carrier on a physical broadcast channel (PBCH). The terminal receives the bandwidth information of the carrier, and determines the carrier bandwidth according to the bandwidth information of the carrier. In this way, the terminal can obtain the center frequency of the carrier after detecting the SS, and obtain the carrier bandwidth after searching the PBCH, and then determine the grid of the physical resource block (PRB) of the carrier according to the center frequency of the carrier and the carrier bandwidth ( Grid).
随着通信技术的发展,SS的中心频率与载波的中心频率不再一致,采用现有的确定PRB网格的方式可能会导致资源解读错误,无法正确接收或传输数据的问题,从而导致通信质量下降。With the development of communication technology, the center frequency of the SS is no longer consistent with the center frequency of the carrier. The existing method of determining the PRB grid may lead to resource interpretation errors and the problem of incorrect reception or transmission of data, resulting in communication quality. decline.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供通信方法、装置和系统,以期在同步信号(SS)的中心频率与载波的中心频率不一致时确定物理资源块(PRB)网格,从而正确接收或发送数据。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, apparatus, and system, in order to determine a physical resource block (PRB) grid when a center frequency of a synchronization signal (SS) does not coincide with a center frequency of a carrier, thereby correctly receiving or transmitting data.
第一方面,提供一种通信方法,包括:终端从网络设备接收SS;终端根据该SS,确定第一PRB网格;终端从网络设备接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格之间的第一频率偏移;终端根据第一PRB网格和第一频率偏移,确定第二PRB网格。The first aspect provides a communication method, including: receiving, by a terminal, an SS from a network device; determining, by the terminal, the first PRB grid according to the SS; the terminal receiving, by the network device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency offset between a PRB grid and a second PRB grid; the terminal determines a second PRB grid based on the first PRB grid and the first frequency offset.
第二方面,提供一种通信方法,包括:网络设备根据第一PRB网格向终端发送SS;网络设备向终端发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格之间的第一频率偏移;网络设备根据第二PRB网格与终端进行信息传输。The second aspect provides a communication method, including: the network device sends an SS to the terminal according to the first PRB grid; the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first PRB grid and the first a first frequency offset between the two PRB grids; the network device performs information transmission with the terminal according to the second PRB grid.
第三方面,提供一种通信装置,用于终端,包括:包括用于执行以上第一方面各个步骤的单元或手段(means)。In a third aspect, a communication apparatus is provided for a terminal, comprising: means or means for performing the steps of the first aspect above.
第四方面,提供一种通信装置,用于网络设备,包括:包括用于执行以上第二方面 各个步骤的单元或手段(means)。In a fourth aspect, a communication apparatus is provided for a network device, comprising: means or means for performing the steps of the second aspect above.
第五方面,提供一种通信装置,包括至少一个处理元件和至少一个存储元件,其中所述至少一个存储元件用于存储程序和数据,当该装置用于终端时,所述至少一个处理元件用于执行本申请第一方面种提供的方法;当该装置用于网络设备时,所述至少一个处理元件用于执行本申请第二方面种提供的方法。In a fifth aspect, a communication apparatus is provided, comprising at least one processing element and at least one storage element, wherein the at least one storage element is for storing a program and data, and when the apparatus is used for a terminal, the at least one processing element is used The method of the first aspect of the present application is performed; when the apparatus is for a network device, the at least one processing element is operative to perform the method provided by the second aspect of the present application.
第六方面,提供一种通信装置,包括用于执行以上第一方面或第二方面的方法的至少一个处理元件(或芯片)。In a sixth aspect, there is provided a communication device comprising at least one processing element (or chip) for performing the method of the above first or second aspect.
第七方面,提供一种程序,该程序在被处理器执行时用于执行以上第一方面或第二方面的方法。In a seventh aspect, a program is provided for performing the method of the first aspect or the second aspect above when executed by a processor.
第八方面,提供一种程序产品,例如计算机可读存储介质,包括第七方面的程序。In an eighth aspect, a program product, such as a computer readable storage medium, comprising the program of the seventh aspect is provided.
在以上各个方面,网络设备向终端指示SS对应的PRB网格和数据/控制信道对应的PRB网格之间的频率偏移,使得终端在检测到SS时,可以根据SS对应的PRB网格以及该频率偏移,确定数据/控制信道对应的PRB网格。如此,可以在数据/控制信道上进行数据/控制信息的正确传输和接收。In the above aspects, the network device indicates, to the terminal, a frequency offset between the PRB grid corresponding to the SS and the PRB grid corresponding to the data/control channel, so that the terminal may detect the SS according to the PRB grid corresponding to the SS and The frequency offset determines the PRB grid corresponding to the data/control channel. In this way, the correct transmission and reception of data/control information can be performed on the data/control channel.
在一种实现中,第二PRB网格的子载波间隔与SS的子载波间隔相同。In one implementation, the subcarrier spacing of the second PRB grid is the same as the subcarrier spacing of the SS.
在一种实现中,网络设备通过物理广播信道(PBCH)发送第一指示信息,则终端通过PBCH接收该第一指示信息。In an implementation, the network device sends the first indication information through a physical broadcast channel (PBCH), and the terminal receives the first indication information by using the PBCH.
在一种实现中,第一指示信息用于指示频率偏移值,其中第一PRB网格相对第二PRB网格的偏移方向为预定义的或者通过第二指示信息指示;或者,第一指示信息用于指示频率偏移值和第一PRB网格相对第二PRB网格的偏移方向。In an implementation, the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency offset value, where an offset direction of the first PRB grid relative to the second PRB grid is predefined or indicated by the second indication information; or, the first The indication information is used to indicate the frequency offset value and the offset direction of the first PRB grid relative to the second PRB grid.
在一种实现中,载波上可能有多种子载波间隔用于数据/控制信道传输,为了确定不同子载波间隔对应的PRB网格,以上方法还可以包括:网络设备向终端第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示第二PRB网格和第三PRB网格之间的第二频率偏移,其中第三PRB网格的子载波间隔大于SS的子载波间隔;终端接收该第三指示信息,且根据第二PRB网格和第二频率偏移,确定第三PRB网格。In an implementation, there may be multiple subcarrier spacings on the carrier for the data/control channel transmission. To determine the PRB grid corresponding to the different subcarrier spacings, the method may further include: the third indication information of the network device to the terminal, where The third indication information is used to indicate a second frequency offset between the second PRB grid and the third PRB grid, where a subcarrier spacing of the third PRB grid is greater than a subcarrier spacing of the SS; the terminal receives the third indication Information, and determining a third PRB grid based on the second PRB grid and the second frequency offset.
在一种实现中,网络设备通过PBCH发送第三指示信息,或者通过剩余最小系统信息RMSI发送第三指示信息;或者通过无线资源控制(RRC)消息发送第三指示信息。相应的,终端通过PBCH,RMSI或者RRC消息接收第三指示信息。In one implementation, the network device sends the third indication information through the PBCH, or sends the third indication information through the remaining minimum system information RMSI; or sends the third indication information through a Radio Resource Control (RRC) message. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the third indication information by using a PBCH, an RMSI or an RRC message.
如此,在载波支持多种子载波间隔时,终端在检测到SS时,可以根据SS确定用于SS的PRB网格,当SS的子载波间隔和数据/控制信息的子载波间隔相同时,网络设备可以根据第一指示信息确定用于数据/控制信息的PRB网格;当SS的子载波间隔和数据/控制信息的子载波间隔不同时,终端可以根据第二指示信息与SS的子载波间隔相同的子载波间隔对应的PRB网格确定用于数据/控制信息的PRB网格,如此,可以实现在支持多种子载波间隔的载波上的数据/控制信息的正确传输。In this way, when the carrier supports multiple subcarrier spacings, when detecting the SS, the terminal may determine the PRB grid for the SS according to the SS. When the subcarrier spacing of the SS and the subcarrier spacing of the data/control information are the same, the network device The PRB grid for the data/control information may be determined according to the first indication information; when the subcarrier spacing of the SS and the subcarrier spacing of the data/control information are different, the terminal may be the same as the subcarrier spacing of the SS according to the second indication information. The PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing determines the PRB grid for the data/control information, and thus, the correct transmission of data/control information on carriers supporting multiple subcarrier spacings can be achieved.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种终端初始接入无线网络的示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of a terminal initially accessing a wireless network according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种SS,PBCH,以及SS和PBCH所在的SS块的频 域示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a frequency domain of an SS, a PBCH, and an SS block in which an SS and a PBCH are located according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种SS的频域示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a frequency domain of an SS according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种SS栅格和PRB网格的示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an SS grid and a PRB grid according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种情况下第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格的示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a first PRB grid and a second PRB grid according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8为本申请实施例提供的另一种情况下第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格的示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a first PRB grid and a second PRB grid in another case according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of still another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种多种子载波间隔对应的PRB网格的示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a PRB grid corresponding to multiple subcarrier spacings according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种PRB网格的示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a PRB grid according to an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种终端初始接入网络的示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an initial access network of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图16本申请实施例提供的一种宽带载波上传输不同SS的示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of transmitting different SSs on a broadband carrier according to an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种不同终端通过不同的SS接入同一载波的示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of different terminals accessing the same carrier through different SSs according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图18为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of still another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种不同终端通过不同的SS接入同一载波的示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of different terminals accessing the same carrier through different SSs according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图20为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意图;FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图21为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意图;FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图22为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图23为本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图。FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
图24为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的示意图。FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of still another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
图25为本申请实施例提供的一种PRB网格的示意图。FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of a PRB grid according to an embodiment of the present application.
图26为本申请实施例提供的另一种PRB网格的示意图。FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of another PRB grid according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
以下,对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。Hereinafter, some of the terms in the embodiments of the present application will be described so as to be understood by those skilled in the art.
1)、终端,又称之为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,是一种向用户提供语音/数据连通性的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。1) A terminal, also called a user equipment (UE), a mobile station (MS), a mobile terminal (MT), etc., is a device that provides voice/data connectivity to users. For example, a handheld device having a wireless connection function, an in-vehicle device, or the like. Currently, some examples of terminals are: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MIDs), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality. (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grid Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and the like.
2)、网络设备是为终端提供无线服务的设备,例如包括无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点(或设备)。RAN节点(或设备)是网络中将终端接入到无线网络的节点(或设备)。目前,一些RAN节点的举例为:gNB、传输接收点(transmission reception  point,TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或Wifi接入点(access point,AP)等。另外,在一种网络结构中,RAN包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点,在这种结构中,RAN侧的功能划分在CU和DU中实现,且多个DU由一个CU集中控制,此时,RAN节点可以为CU节点/DU节点。CU和DU的功能可以根据无线网络的协议层划分,例如分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能设置在CU,PDCP以下的协议层,例如无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)和媒体接入控制(Media Access Control,MAC)等的功能设置在DU。这种协议层的划分仅仅是一种举例,还可以在其它协议层划分,例如在RLC层划分,将RLC层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU,RLC层以下协议层的功能设置在DU;或者,在某个协议层中划分,例如将RLC层的部分功能和RLC层以上的协议层的功能设置在CU,将RLC层的剩余功能和RLC层以下的协议层的功能设置在DU。此外,也可以按其它方式划分,例如按时延划分,将需要满足时延要求的功能设置在DU,低于该时延要求的功能设置在CU。2) The network device is a device that provides wireless services for the terminal, and includes, for example, a radio access network (RAN) node (or device). A RAN node (or device) is a node (or device) in a network that connects a terminal to a wireless network. Currently, some examples of RAN nodes are: gNB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), and Node B (Node). B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit , BBU), or Wifi access point (AP), etc. In addition, in a network structure, the RAN includes a centralized unit (CU) node or a distributed unit (DU) node, in which the functional division on the RAN side is implemented in the CU and the DU, and A plurality of DUs are centrally controlled by one CU. At this time, the RAN node may be a CU node/DU node. The functions of the CU and the DU may be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network. For example, the function of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer is set in the CU, the protocol layer below the PDCP, for example, radio link control. , RLC) and media access control (MAC) functions are set in the DU. The division of the protocol layer is only an example, and can also be divided in other protocol layers, for example, in the RLC layer, the functions of the RLC layer and the above protocol layer are set in the CU, and the functions of the protocol layer below the RLC layer are set in the DU; Alternatively, in a certain protocol layer, for example, a part of the function of the RLC layer and a function of a protocol layer above the RLC layer are set in the CU, and the remaining functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer below the RLC layer are set in the DU. In addition, it may be divided in other manners, for example, according to the delay division, the function that needs to meet the delay requirement is set in the DU, and the function lower than the delay requirement is set in the CU.
3)、“多个”是指两个或两个以上,其它量词与之类似。“/”描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A/B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。3) "Multiple" means two or more, and other quantifiers are similar. "/" describes the association relationship of the associated object, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships. For example, A/B can indicate that there are three cases where A exists separately, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists separately.
请参考图1,其为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图。如图1所示,终端120通过网络设备110接入到无线网络,以通过无线网络获取外网(例如因特网)的服务,或者通过无线网络与其它终端通信。终端120开机后,初始接入无线网络,以获得无线网络的服务,进行数据的传输和接收,下面结合图2进行描述,图2为本申请实施例提供的一种终端初始接入无线网络的示意图。终端开机后,经过小区搜索,系统信息的接收,随机接入等过程初始接入无线网络,而后可以进行数据的传输(TX)和接收(RX)。Please refer to FIG. 1 , which is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the terminal 120 accesses the wireless network through the network device 110 to acquire a service of an external network (such as the Internet) through the wireless network, or communicates with other terminals through the wireless network. After the terminal 120 is powered on, the terminal is initially connected to the wireless network to obtain the service of the wireless network, and the data is transmitted and received. The following is described in conjunction with FIG. 2. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the terminal initially accessing the wireless network according to the embodiment of the present application. schematic diagram. After the terminal is powered on, the process of cell search, system information reception, random access, etc. is initially accessed into the wireless network, and then data transmission (TX) and reception (RX) can be performed.
在小区搜索的过程中,终端检测同步信号(synchronization signal,SS),根据SS确定终端驻留的小区,并与小区取得下行同步。在长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)通信系统中,终端对SS的检测是以信道栅格(channel raster)为粒度进行的,信道栅格对于所有频带(band)是100kHz,即载波中心频率是100kHz的整数倍。SS包括主同步信号(primary synchronization signal,PSS)和辅同步信号(secondary synchronization signal,SSS)。在频域上,PSS和SSS映射到载波(即整个系统带宽)中间的6个物理资源块(physical resource block,PRB)上,即载波中间的72个子载波。由于此时并没有与小区取得下行同步,为了防止干扰,实际映射到载波中间的62个子载波,两边各5个子载波起保护作用。可见SS位于载波的中心,即SS的中心频率与载波的中心频率一致(或相同)。因此,终端在检测到SS后,便可以得知载波的中心频率。在小区搜索之后,终端与小区取得了下行同步,可以接收网络设备通过该小区发送的下行信息。例如,网络设备在物理广播信道(physical broadcast channel,PBCH)上广播载波的带宽(或称为系统带宽)信息。终端接收该载波的带宽信息,根据该载波的带宽信息确定载波带 宽。如此,终端在检测到SS后可以获得载波的中心频率,并在搜索PBCH后获得载波带宽,进而根据载波的中心频率和载波带宽确定载波的物理资源块(physical resource block,PRB)网格(grid)。During the cell search process, the terminal detects a synchronization signal (SS), determines a cell in which the terminal camps according to the SS, and obtains downlink synchronization with the cell. In the Long Term Evolution (LTE) communication system, the detection of the SS by the terminal is performed by using a channel raster, and the channel raster is 100 kHz for all bands, that is, the carrier center frequency is Integer multiple of 100kHz. The SS includes a primary synchronization signal (PSS) and a secondary synchronization signal (SSS). In the frequency domain, the PSS and the SSS are mapped to six physical resource blocks (PRBs) in the middle of the carrier (ie, the entire system bandwidth), that is, 72 subcarriers in the middle of the carrier. Since no downlink synchronization is obtained with the cell at this time, in order to prevent interference, 62 subcarriers actually mapped to the middle of the carrier are protected by 5 subcarriers on each side. It can be seen that the SS is located at the center of the carrier, that is, the center frequency of the SS is consistent (or the same) with the center frequency of the carrier. Therefore, after detecting the SS, the terminal can know the center frequency of the carrier. After the cell search, the terminal and the cell obtain downlink synchronization, and can receive downlink information sent by the network device through the cell. For example, a network device broadcasts a bandwidth (or system bandwidth) information of a carrier on a physical broadcast channel (PBCH). The terminal receives the bandwidth information of the carrier, and determines the carrier bandwidth according to the bandwidth information of the carrier. In this way, the terminal can obtain the center frequency of the carrier after detecting the SS, and obtain the carrier bandwidth after searching the PBCH, and then determine the physical resource block (PRB) grid of the carrier according to the center frequency of the carrier and the carrier bandwidth (grid) ).
在第五代(5G)移动通信系统,又称为新无线(New Radio,NR)通信系统中,In the fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system, also known as the New Radio (NR) communication system,
终端初始接入无线网络也经过小区搜索,系统信息的接收,和随机接入等过程。在NR通信系统中,引入了同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SS block)的概念。SS块包括SS和物理广播信道(physical broadcast channel,PBCH),其中SS包括PSS和SSS。请参考图3,其为本申请实施例提供的一种SS,PBCH,以及SS和PBCH所在的SS块的频域示意图。如图3所示,SS块在频域上占用24个PRB,即288个子载波。SS和PBCH在频域上的中心位置是SS块在频域上的中心位置,即SS和PBCH的中心频率与SS块的中心频率是对齐的,或者说是一致的。SS占用12个PRB,即144个子载波;PBCH占用24个PRB,即288个子载波。也就是说SS映射到12个PRB上,PBCH映射到24个PRB上。The terminal initially accesses the wireless network also through the process of cell search, system information reception, and random access. In the NR communication system, the concept of a synchronization signal block (SS block) is introduced. The SS block includes an SS and a physical broadcast channel (PBCH), where the SS includes a PSS and an SSS. Please refer to FIG. 3 , which is a schematic diagram of a frequency domain of an SS, a PBCH, and an SS block in which an SS and a PBCH are located according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3, the SS block occupies 24 PRBs in the frequency domain, that is, 288 subcarriers. The center position of the SS and PBCH in the frequency domain is the center position of the SS block in the frequency domain, that is, the center frequencies of the SS and PBCH are aligned with, or consistent with, the center frequency of the SS block. The SS occupies 12 PRBs, that is, 144 subcarriers; the PBCH occupies 24 PRBs, that is, 288 subcarriers. That is to say, the SS is mapped to 12 PRBs, and the PBCH is mapped to 24 PRBs.
请参考图4,其为本申请实施例提供的一种SS的频域示意图。如图4所示,SS映射在SS块的第7个到第18个PRB上,该12个PRB包括144个子载波,编号为0~143,其中,SS序列映射到编号8至134的子载波上;前后8个子载波和9个子载波上不映射其他数据,以起到保护作用。Please refer to FIG. 4 , which is a schematic diagram of a frequency domain of an SS according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4, the SS is mapped on the 7th to 18th PRBs of the SS block, and the 12 PRBs include 144 subcarriers, numbered from 0 to 143, wherein the SS sequence is mapped to subcarriers of numbers 8 to 134. Up; no other data is mapped on the 8 subcarriers and 9 subcarriers before and after to protect.
网络设备根据SS栅格(SS raster)发送SS块,即在SS栅格的位置才可以发送SS并在PBCH上发送信息。终端根据SS栅格盲检测SS,即在SS栅格的位置检测SS。当检测到SS时,可以获知该SS的中心频率,进而以该中心频率为中心的24个PRB上接收PBCH上的信息。SS栅格是SS在频域上的可能位置形成的栅格,当在SS栅格的一个位置上发送SS时,该SS的中心频率位于该位置。而后续网络设备110在时域上周期发送该SS时,该SS的频域位置不变。终端检测到SS时,可以根据该SS的中心频率和SS的子载波间隔确定SS对应的PRB网格,其中SS的子载波间隔是指用于SS传输/接收所采用的子载波间隔。然而,网络设备在传输数据/控制信息时所采用的PRB网格是以载波的中心频率为中心,且PRB网格的大小是根据数据/控制信息的子载波间隔来确定的,其中数据/控制信息的子载波间隔是指用于数据/控制信息传输/接收所采用的子载波间隔。如果终端还按照SS对应的PRB网格进行数据/控制信息传输/接收,则可能和网络设备所采用的PRB网格不一致,因此导致对PRB资源的错误解读,从而无法正确传输和接收数据。The network device transmits the SS block according to the SS raster, that is, the SS can transmit the SS and send the information on the PBCH. The terminal blindly detects the SS according to the SS grid, that is, detects the SS at the position of the SS grid. When the SS is detected, the center frequency of the SS can be known, and the information on the PBCH is received on the 24 PRBs centered on the center frequency. The SS grid is a grid formed by the possible positions of the SS in the frequency domain. When the SS is transmitted at a position of the SS grid, the center frequency of the SS is located at this position. When the subsequent network device 110 periodically transmits the SS in the time domain, the frequency domain position of the SS does not change. When the terminal detects the SS, the PRB grid corresponding to the SS may be determined according to the center frequency of the SS and the subcarrier spacing of the SS, where the subcarrier spacing of the SS refers to the subcarrier spacing used for SS transmission/reception. However, the PRB grid used by the network device to transmit data/control information is centered on the center frequency of the carrier, and the size of the PRB grid is determined according to the subcarrier spacing of the data/control information, where the data/control The subcarrier spacing of information refers to the subcarrier spacing used for data/control information transmission/reception. If the terminal also performs data/control information transmission/reception according to the PRB grid corresponding to the SS, it may be inconsistent with the PRB grid used by the network device, thus causing misinterpretation of the PRB resources, thereby failing to correctly transmit and receive data.
下面结合图5,以信道栅格为100kHz,SS栅格为180kHz,SS的子载波间隔为15kHz为例,来描述以上问题。图5为本申请实施例提供的一种SS栅格和PRB网格的示意图。图5中下方两个相邻竖线之间的距离代表SS栅格的大小,即180kHz;上方两个相邻竖线之间的距离代表信道栅格的大小,即100kHz。中间两个PRB网格分别为载波上数据/控制信道对应的PRB网格和SS对应的PRB网格。在此,假设该载波上数据/控制信道的子载波间隔与SS的子载波间隔相同,则PRB大小相同。假设网络设备在位置510处发送SS,终端根据SS栅格进行盲检测,在位置510处检测到SS;令位置510为180*N kHz,其中N为非负整数。载波的中心频率位于载波的中心,是信道栅格的整数倍。当载波的PRB数量为偶数时,载波的中心频率位于两个PRB之间,即两个PRB 交界处,当载波的PRB数量为奇数时,载波的中心频率位于中间PRB的中心。令该载波的中心频率为100*M kHz,则载波的中心频率和位置510之间的偏移值为|180*N kHz-100*M kHz|,其中“| |”表示取绝对值。SS的子载波间隔大小为15kHz,则SS对应的PRB大小为15*12kHz,即180kHz;数据/控制信道对应的PRB大小也为180kHz。此时,SS对应的PRB网格和数据/控制信道对应的PRB网格可能不对齐,终端如果按照SS对应的PRB网格去接收或传输数据,会存在资源解读错误,无法正确接收或传输数据的问题,导致通信质量下降。The above problem will be described below with reference to FIG. 5, taking a channel grid of 100 kHz, an SS grid of 180 kHz, and an SS subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz as an example. FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an SS grid and a PRB grid according to an embodiment of the present application. The distance between the lower two adjacent vertical lines in Figure 5 represents the size of the SS grid, ie 180 kHz; the distance between the two adjacent vertical lines represents the size of the channel grid, ie 100 kHz. The middle two PRB grids are respectively a PRB grid corresponding to the data/control channel on the carrier and a PRB grid corresponding to the SS. Here, assuming that the subcarrier spacing of the data/control channel on the carrier is the same as the subcarrier spacing of the SS, the PRB size is the same. Assuming that the network device transmits the SS at location 510, the terminal performs blind detection based on the SS grid, detecting SS at location 510; and making location 510 180*N kHz, where N is a non-negative integer. The center frequency of the carrier is at the center of the carrier and is an integer multiple of the channel grid. When the number of PRBs of the carrier is even, the center frequency of the carrier is located between two PRBs, that is, at the junction of two PRBs. When the number of PRBs of the carrier is an odd number, the center frequency of the carrier is located at the center of the intermediate PRB. Let the center frequency of the carrier be 100*M kHz, then the offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the position 510 is |180*N kHz-100*M kHz|, where "| |" indicates an absolute value. The subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz, and the PRB size corresponding to the SS is 15*12 kHz, that is, 180 kHz; the PRB size corresponding to the data/control channel is also 180 kHz. At this time, the PRB grid corresponding to the SS and the PRB grid corresponding to the data/control channel may not be aligned. If the terminal receives or transmits data according to the PRB grid corresponding to the SS, there may be a resource interpretation error, and the data may not be correctly received or transmitted. The problem caused the quality of communication to drop.
考虑到以上问题,以下实施例提供了几种解决方案,以解决PRB网格的确定问题。In view of the above problems, the following embodiments provide several solutions to solve the problem of determining the PRB grid.
在一种方案中,网络设备向终端指示SS对应的PRB网格和数据/控制信道对应的PRB网格之间的频率偏移,使得终端在检测到SS时,可以根据SS对应的PRB网格以及该频率偏移,确定数据/控制信道对应的PRB网格。如此,可以在数据/控制信道上进行数据/控制信息的正确传输和接收。在该方案中假设SS对应的PRB和数据/控制信道对应的PRB具有相同的子载波间隔。In a solution, the network device indicates to the terminal the frequency offset between the PRB grid corresponding to the SS and the PRB grid corresponding to the data/control channel, so that when the terminal detects the SS, the terminal may be based on the PRB grid corresponding to the SS. And the frequency offset, determining the PRB grid corresponding to the data/control channel. In this way, the correct transmission and reception of data/control information can be performed on the data/control channel. In this scheme, it is assumed that the PRB corresponding to the SS and the PRB corresponding to the data/control channel have the same subcarrier spacing.
载波上可能有多种子载波间隔用于数据/控制信道传输,当用于数据/控制信道传输的子载波间隔与SS的子载波间隔相同时,令此时用于载波的PRB网格为PRB网格G 1;当用于数据/控制信道传输的子载波间隔与SS的子载波间隔不同时,令此时用于载波的PRB网格为PRB网格G 2。PRB网格G 1可以通过以上方案获得,以在数据/控制信道上进行数据/控制信息的传输和接收。当用于数据/控制信道传输的子载波间隔大于SS的子载波间隔时,网络设备可以向终端指示PRB网格G 2和PRB网格G 1之间的频率偏移,使得终端可以采用以上方法获得PRB网格G 1,并进而获得PRB网格G 2,以在数据/控制信道上进行数据/控制信息的传输和接收。或者,网络设备可以向终端指示PRB网格G 2的边界和SS的中心频率之间的频率偏移,使得终端可以根据SS的中心频率和该频率偏移PRB网格G 2,以在数据/控制信道上进行数据/控制信息的传输和接收。当用于数据/控制信道传输的子载波间隔小于SS的子载波间隔时,由于不同子载波间隔对应的PRB网格之间存在嵌套关系,因此可以直接根据PRB网格G 1和用于数据/控制信道传输的子载波间隔获得PRB网格G 2,以在数据/控制信道上进行数据/控制信息的传输和接收。 There may be multiple subcarrier spacings on the carrier for data/control channel transmission. When the subcarrier spacing used for data/control channel transmission is the same as the subcarrier spacing of the SS, the PRB grid used for the carrier at this time is the PRB network. grid G 1; when used with a data / control channel subcarrier interval and the SS transmission subcarrier spacing is not the same, so for this case PRB mesh grid carriers is PRB G 2. The PRB grid G 1 can be obtained by the above scheme to perform transmission and reception of data/control information on the data/control channel. When the subcarrier spacing for the data/control channel transmission is greater than the subcarrier spacing of the SS, the network device may indicate to the terminal the frequency offset between the PRB grid G 2 and the PRB grid G 1 such that the terminal may adopt the above method The PRB grid G 1 is obtained, and in turn the PRB grid G 2 is obtained for transmission and reception of data/control information on the data/control channel. Alternatively, the network device may indicate to the terminal a frequency offset between the boundary of the PRB grid G 2 and the center frequency of the SS such that the terminal may offset the PRB grid G 2 according to the center frequency of the SS and the frequency in the data / Transmission and reception of data/control information on the control channel. When the subcarriers used for data / control channel transmission interval is less than the subcarrier spacing SS, due to nesting relationship between different sub-carrier spacing corresponding to the grid PRB, PRB can be directly from the grid G 1 and the data for / control channel sub-carrier transmission interval obtained PRB grid G 2, for data on the data / control channel / control the transmission and reception of information.
本申请实施例中的频率偏移是绝对值,其中A和B之间的频率偏移可以指A相对于B的频率偏移的绝对值,也可以指B相对于A的频率偏移的绝对值。此外,本申请实施例中的PRB网格可以理解为PRB网格结构。The frequency offset in the embodiment of the present application is an absolute value, wherein the frequency offset between A and B may refer to the absolute value of the frequency offset of A with respect to B, and may also refer to the absolute value of the frequency offset of B with respect to A. value. In addition, the PRB grid in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as a PRB grid structure.
下面结合附图进行描述。Description will be made below with reference to the drawings.
请参考图6,其为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意图。如图6所示,该方法包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 6 , which is a schematic diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6, the method includes the following steps:
S610:网络设备向终端发送SS。S610: The network device sends the SS to the terminal.
S620:终端检测SS。S620: The terminal detects the SS.
S630:当检测到SS时,根据SS确定第一PRB网格(PRB网格G 0);即当终端从网络设备接收到SS时,根据SS确定第一PRB网格(PRB网格G 0)。 S630: When the SS is detected, determining the first PRB grid (PRB grid G 0 ) according to the SS; that is, when the terminal receives the SS from the network device, determining the first PRB grid according to the SS (PRB grid G 0 ) .
S640:网络设备向终端发送指示信息I 1,该指示信息I 1用于指示第一PRB网格(PRB网格G 0)和第二PRB网格(PRB网格G 1)之间的频率偏移F 1S640: the network device sends indication information to the terminal I 1, I 1 for the indication information indicating the frequency difference between the first grid PRB (PRB grid G 0) and a second grid PRB (PRB grid G 1) Partial Move F 1 .
S650:终端根据第一PRB网格(PRB网格G 0)和该频率偏移F 1,确定第二PRB 网格(PRB网格G 1)。 S650: The terminal determines the second PRB grid (PRB grid G 1 ) according to the first PRB grid (PRB grid G 0 ) and the frequency offset F 1 .
在确定了第二PRB网格(PRB网格G 1)之后,如果网络设备在载波上采用了该第二PRB网格(PRB网格G 1)对应的子载波间隔进行数据/控制信息传输,或者网络设备根据该第二PRB网格(PRB网格G 1)为终端分配资源,则终端和网络设备之间可以根据该第二RPB网格(PRB网格G 1)进行数据/控制信息传输(步骤S660)。 After determining the second PRB grid (PRB grid G 1 ), if the network device uses the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the second PRB grid (PRB grid G 1 ) on the carrier for data/control information transmission, a network device according to the second allocation grid PRB (PRB grid G 1) of terminal resources, network between the terminal device and data can be RPB according to the second grid (PRB grid G 1) / control information transmission (Step S660).
第一PRB网格(PRB网格G 0)可以称为用于SS(或SS块)的PRB网格(PRB网格G 0),第二PRB网格可以称为用于载波的PRB网格(PRB网格G 1)。其中,第一PRB网格是SS(或SS块)的子载波间隔在频域上对应的PRB网格。第二PRB网格可以是载波上物理信道信息/物理信号的子载波间隔在频域上对应的PRB网格。这里的物理信道是指除了PBCH以外的物理信道,例如该物理信道包括上/下行控制信道,上/下行共享信道(又称为数据信道)和随机接入信道中的至少一个;物理信道信息是指物理信道上携带的信息;物理信号是指除了SS以外的物理信号,例如该物理信号包括参考信号。在以上描述中以数据/控制信道为例进行描述,随机接入信道或物理信号与之类似。 The first grid PRB (PRB grid G 0) can be referred to as a SS (SS or block) grid PRB (PRB grid G 0), the second grid may be referred to as a PRB PRB for the grid carrier (PRB grid G 1 ). The first PRB grid is a PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of the SS (or SS block) in the frequency domain. The second PRB grid may be a PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of the physical channel information/physical signals on the carrier in the frequency domain. The physical channel herein refers to a physical channel other than the PBCH, for example, the physical channel includes an uplink/downlink control channel, an uplink/downlink shared channel (also referred to as a data channel), and at least one of the random access channels; the physical channel information is Refers to information carried on a physical channel; a physical signal refers to a physical signal other than SS, for example, the physical signal includes a reference signal. In the above description, the data/control channel is taken as an example, and the random access channel or physical signal is similar.
在以上步骤S610中,网格设备在SS栅格的一个位置上发送SS,SS的中心频率位于该位置上。但终端并不知道网络设备在哪个位置上发送的,因此在以上步骤S620中,终端根据SS栅格进行盲检测。当在SS栅格的第一位置检测到SS时,可以确定网络设备发送SS的位置为该第一位置,即该SS的中心频率。此外,网络设备在S610中可以同时在PBCH上广播信息,终端在S620中检测到SS时,可以确定SS的中心频率,同时也可以确定与SS的中心频率一致的PBCH的中心频率;进而可以确定PBCH的频域位置,则在PBCH上接收网络设备广播的信息。In the above step S610, the mesh device transmits the SS at a position of the SS grid, and the center frequency of the SS is located at the position. However, the terminal does not know at which location the network device is sent, so in the above step S620, the terminal performs blind detection according to the SS grid. When the SS is detected at the first location of the SS grid, it may be determined that the location where the network device transmits the SS is the first location, ie, the center frequency of the SS. In addition, the network device can simultaneously broadcast information on the PBCH in S610. When the terminal detects the SS in S620, the terminal can determine the center frequency of the SS, and can also determine the center frequency of the PBCH that is consistent with the center frequency of the SS; The frequency domain location of the PBCH receives the information broadcast by the network device on the PBCH.
在以上步骤S630中,终端根据SS栅格的第一位置(即该SS的中心频率)和SS的子载波间隔确定第一PRB网格。其中该第一PRB网格的一个边界位于第一位置,第一PRB网格中PRB的大小为SS的子载波间隔与PRB中子载波的数量(例如,12)的积。例如,请参考图5,终端在位置510检测到SS,则第一PRB网格的一个边界位于该位置510,SS的子载波间隔的大小为15kHz,则PRB的大小为180kHz,如此可以得到图5中下面的PRB网格,即第一PRB网格。In the above step S630, the terminal determines the first PRB grid according to the first position of the SS grid (ie, the center frequency of the SS) and the subcarrier spacing of the SS. One boundary of the first PRB grid is located at the first location, and the size of the PRB in the first PRB grid is the product of the subcarrier spacing of the SS and the number of subcarriers (for example, 12) in the PRB. For example, referring to FIG. 5, when the terminal detects the SS at the location 510, one boundary of the first PRB grid is located at the location 510, and the size of the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz, and the size of the PRB is 180 kHz. The lower PRB grid in 5, the first PRB grid.
在以上步骤S640中,网络设备可以通过PBCH向终端发送指示信息I 1。例如网络设备在PBCH上广播主信息块(master information block,MIB),MIB中携带以上指示信息I 1。终端确定PBCH的频域位置,该PBCH的中心频率为SS的中心频率,且PBCH映射到中心频率两侧的24个PRB上;并在PBCH上接收网络设备广播的指示信息I 1。该指示信息I 1可以是频率偏移F 1本身,或者可以是频率偏移F 1的指示信息。例如,该指示信息I 1可以为1比特信息,当该指示信息I 1为“0”时,指示频率偏移F 1为0,即没有频率偏移,也就是说第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格是对齐的。此时,确定了第一PRB网格,即确定了第二PRB网格。再如,当该指示信息I 1为“1”时,指示频率偏移F 1为半个PRB,此时,在步骤S650中,可以将第一PRB的网格偏移半个PRB,得到第二PRB的网格。 In the above step S640, the network device may send the indication information to the terminal through I 1 PBCH. For example, the network device broadcasts a master information block (MIB) on the PBCH, and the MIB carries the above indication information I 1 . The terminal determines the frequency domain location of the PBCH, the center frequency of the PBCH is the center frequency of the SS, and the PBCH is mapped to the 24 PRBs on both sides of the center frequency; and the indication information I 1 broadcasted by the network device is received on the PBCH. The indication information I 1 may be the frequency offset F 1 itself or may be indication information of the frequency offset F 1 . For example, the indication information I 1 may be 1-bit information. When the indication information I 1 is “0”, the frequency offset F 1 is indicated as 0, that is, there is no frequency offset, that is, the first PRB grid and the first The two PRB grids are aligned. At this point, the first PRB grid is determined, ie the second PRB grid is determined. For example, when the indication information I 1 is “1”, the frequency offset F 1 is indicated as a half PRB. In this case, in step S650, the grid of the first PRB may be offset by half a PRB to obtain the first The grid of two PRBs.
在以上步骤S650中,终端按指示信息I 1所指示的频率偏移F 1在频域上移动第一PRB网格,得到第二PRB网格。 In the above step S650, the terminal information indicating a frequency offset press indicated by I 1 F 1 of the first mobile grid PRB in the frequency domain to obtain a second grid PRB.
在得到第二PRB网格时,终端和网络设备之间可以进行第二PRB网格对应子载波 间隔的数据/控制信息传输,包括上行传输/下行传输,此时PRB的边界与第二PRB网格对齐。即网络设备可以根据第二PRB网格确定第二PRB网格对应的子载波间隔的PRB在频域上的位置,从而为终端分配资源,终端在分配的资源上接收数据/控制信息,或者在分配的资源上传输数据/控制信息。此时,网络设备和终端对PRB网格的理解是一致的,从而保证了资源的正确解读,以及数据/控制信息的正确传输和接收。When the second PRB grid is obtained, data/control information transmission of the second PRB grid corresponding subcarrier spacing may be performed between the terminal and the network device, including uplink transmission/downlink transmission, and the PRB boundary and the second PRB network at this time Alignment. That is, the network device may determine, according to the second PRB grid, a location of the PRB of the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the second PRB grid in the frequency domain, thereby allocating resources for the terminal, and the terminal receives the data/control information on the allocated resource, or Data/control information is transmitted on the allocated resources. At this point, the network device and the terminal have the same understanding of the PRB grid, thereby ensuring the correct interpretation of the resources and the correct transmission and reception of the data/control information.
第一PRB网格的PRB边界与SS的中心频率对齐。当载波中PRB的数量为偶数时,第二PRB网格的PRB边界与载波的中心频率对齐。如果SS的栅格是信道栅格的整数倍,此时,第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格对齐。当载波中PRB的数量为奇数时,载波的中心频率与第二PRB网格中一个PRB的中心对齐,此时,如果载波的中心频率和SS的中心频率之间的偏移是半个PRB的整数倍时,第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格对齐。The PRB boundary of the first PRB grid is aligned with the center frequency of the SS. When the number of PRBs in the carrier is even, the PRB boundary of the second PRB grid is aligned with the center frequency of the carrier. If the grid of the SS is an integer multiple of the channel grid, then the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are aligned. When the number of PRBs in the carrier is an odd number, the center frequency of the carrier is aligned with the center of one PRB in the second PRB grid. At this time, if the offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is half PRB At integer multiples, the first PRB grid is aligned with the second PRB grid.
以下分别描述几种情况:The following describes several situations:
第一种情况:假设SS栅格的大小为360kHz,信道栅格的大小为180kHz,SS的子载波间隔为30kHz。The first case: Suppose the size of the SS grid is 360 kHz, the size of the channel grid is 180 kHz, and the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 30 kHz.
SS的中心频率的位置为360*n kHz,载波的中心频率的位置为180*m kHz,30kHz的子载波间隔对应的PRB大小为360kHz。载波的中心频率和SS的中心频率之间的频率偏移为|360*n-180*m|kHz,即180*|2n-m|kHz。令|2n-m|=k,则载波的中心频率和SS的中心频率之间的频率偏移为180*k kHz。其中,m,n,k均为非负整数,“||”代表取绝对值。The center frequency of the SS is 360*n kHz, the center frequency of the carrier is 180*m kHz, and the subcarrier spacing of 30kHz corresponds to a PRB size of 360 kHz. The frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is |360*n-180*m|kHz, ie 180*|2n-m|kHz. Let |2n-m|=k, then the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is 180*k kHz. Where m, n, and k are non-negative integers, and "||" represents an absolute value.
请参考图7(1):当载波中子载波间隔为30kHz的PRB的数量为偶数时,载波的中心频率是在第二PRB网格的边界。此时,m为偶数,则|2n-m|为偶数,即k为偶数,载波的中心频率和SS的中心频率之间的频率偏移为180*k kHz,是PRB大小(360kHz)的整数倍,此时,第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格是对齐的。Please refer to FIG. 7(1): When the number of PRBs with subcarrier spacing of 30 kHz in the carrier is even, the center frequency of the carrier is at the boundary of the second PRB grid. At this time, m is an even number, and |2n-m| is an even number, that is, k is an even number, and the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is 180*k kHz, which is an integer of the PRB size (360 kHz). In this case, the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are aligned.
请参考图7(2):当载波中子载波间隔为30kHz的PRB的数量为奇数时,载波的中心频率是在第二PRB网格的中心,即中间PRB的中心。此时,m为奇数,则|2n-m|为奇数,即k为奇数,载波的中心频率和SS的中心频率之间的频率偏移为180*k kHz,是PRB大小(360kHz)的整数倍还余1/2PRB,即PRB大小的一半,此时,第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格是对齐的。Please refer to FIG. 7(2): When the number of PRBs with subcarrier spacing of 30 kHz in the carrier is an odd number, the center frequency of the carrier is at the center of the second PRB grid, that is, the center of the intermediate PRB. At this time, m is an odd number, and |2n-m| is an odd number, that is, k is an odd number, and the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is 180*k kHz, which is an integer of the PRB size (360 kHz). The remaining 1/2 PRB is half of the PRB size. At this time, the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are aligned.
因此,不管载波中子载波间隔为30kHz的PRB的数量为奇数还是偶数,均可以保证第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格对齐,因此,此时的指示信息I 1可以指示频率偏移F 1为0。例如,指示信息I 1为“0”时,指示频率偏移F 1为0。 Therefore, regardless of whether the number of PRBs with subcarrier spacing of 30 kHz in the carrier is odd or even, the alignment of the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid can be ensured. Therefore, the indication information I 1 at this time can indicate the frequency offset F. 1 is 0. For example, when the indication information I 1 is "0", the frequency offset F 1 is indicated as 0.
第二种情况:假设SS栅格的大小为360kHz,信道栅格的大小为180kHz,SS的子载波间隔为15kHz。The second case: Suppose the size of the SS grid is 360 kHz, the size of the channel grid is 180 kHz, and the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz.
SS的中心频率的位置为360*n kHz,载波的中心频率的位置为180*m kHz,15kHz的子载波间隔对应的PRB的大小为180kHz。载波的中心频率和SS的中心频率之间的频率偏移为|360*n-180*m|kHz,即180*|2n-m|kHz。令|2n-m|=k,则载波的中心频率和SS的中心频率之间的频率偏移为180*k kHz。其中,m,n,k均为非负整数,“| |”代表取绝对值。The position of the center frequency of the SS is 360*n kHz, the position of the center frequency of the carrier is 180*m kHz, and the size of the PRB corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz is 180 kHz. The frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is |360*n-180*m|kHz, ie 180*|2n-m|kHz. Let |2n-m|=k, then the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is 180*k kHz. Where m, n, and k are non-negative integers, and "| |" represents an absolute value.
请参考图8(1):当载波中子载波间隔为15kHz的PRB的数量为偶数时,载波的中心频率是在第二PRB网格的边界。此时,m为偶数,则|2n-m|为偶数,即k为偶 数,载波的中心频率和SS的中心频率之间的频率偏移为180*k kHz,是PRB大小(180kHz)的整数倍,此时,第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格是对齐的。Please refer to FIG. 8(1): When the number of PRBs with subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz in the carrier is even, the center frequency of the carrier is at the boundary of the second PRB grid. At this time, m is an even number, and |2n-m| is an even number, that is, k is an even number, and the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is 180*k kHz, which is an integer of the PRB size (180 kHz). In this case, the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are aligned.
请参考图8(2):当载波中子载波间隔为15kHz的PRB的数量为奇数时,载波的中心频率是在第二PRB网格的中心,即中间PRB的中心。此时,m为奇数,则|2n-m|为奇数,即k为奇数,载波的中心频率和SS的中心频率之间的频率偏移为180*k kHz,是PRB大小(180kHz)的整数倍。此时,第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格是不对齐的,偏移了半个PRB。Please refer to FIG. 8(2): When the number of PRBs with subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz in the carrier is an odd number, the center frequency of the carrier is at the center of the second PRB grid, that is, the center of the intermediate PRB. At this time, m is an odd number, and |2n-m| is an odd number, that is, k is an odd number, and the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is 180*k kHz, which is an integer of the PRB size (180 kHz). Times. At this time, the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are not aligned, and are offset by half a PRB.
此时,可以采用1比特的指示信息I 1来指示第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格之间的频率偏移F 1。当该指示信息为“0”时,指示第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格之间的频率偏移F 1为0,即第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格是对齐的;当该指示信息为“1”时,指示第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格之间的频率偏移F 1为半个PRB,即第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格之间存在偏移半个PRB的位置关系。当然,也可以将“0”和“1”所指示的内容反过来,对此,本申请不做限制。 At this time, the 1-bit indication information I 1 may be used to indicate the frequency offset F 1 between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid. When the indication information is “0”, indicating that the frequency offset F 1 between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid is 0, that is, the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are aligned; When the indication information is “1”, indicating that the frequency offset F 1 between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid is half PRB, that is, there is a bias between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid. Move the positional relationship of half of the PRBs. Of course, the contents indicated by “0” and “1” may be reversed, and the application does not limit this.
第三种情况:假设SS栅格的大小为180kHz,信道栅格的大小为100kHz,SS的子载波间隔为15kHz。The third case: assuming that the size of the SS grid is 180 kHz, the size of the channel grid is 100 kHz, and the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz.
SS的中心频率的位置为180*n kHz,载波的中心频率的位置为100*m kHz,15kHz的子载波间隔对应的PRB的大小为180kHz。载波的中心频率和SS的中心频率之间的频率偏移为|180*n-100*m|kHz。其中,m,n均为非负整数,“| |”代表取绝对值。此时,载波的中心频率和SS的中心频率之间的频率偏移随着m和n的取值不同而不同,则第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格之间的频率偏移F 1存在多种可能性。 The position of the center frequency of the SS is 180*n kHz, the position of the center frequency of the carrier is 100*m kHz, and the size of the PRB corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz is 180 kHz. The frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is |180*n-100*m|kHz. Where m and n are non-negative integers, and “| |” represents an absolute value. At this time, the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS differs depending on the values of m and n, and the frequency offset F 1 between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid There are many possibilities.
在一种实现中,可以利用指示信息直接指示第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格之间的频率偏移F 1。在另一种实现中,预定义偏移集合,该偏移集合包括第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格之间的频率偏移的所有可能取值,在本例子中偏移集合可以为{0,10,20,30,40,60,70,80,90,100,110,120,130,140,160,170}kHz,共有16种取值。此时,可以采用4比特的指示信息I 1来指示偏移集合中的一种取值。终端和网络设备对指示信息I 1所指示的内容的理解是一致的。此外,还采用1比特的指示信息或指示位来指示偏移方向。 In one implementation, the indication information may be used to directly indicate the frequency offset F 1 between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid. In another implementation, a predefined set of offsets includes all possible values of a frequency offset between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid, which in this example may be {0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 160, 170} kHz, a total of 16 values. At this time, the 4-bit indication information I 1 may be used to indicate one of the offset sets. Terminal and network equipment understanding indication contents information indicated by I 1 is consistent. In addition, 1-bit indication information or indicator bits are also used to indicate the offset direction.
另外,偏移方向不同,第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格之间的频率偏移也不同。因此,在一种实现中,可以预定义向高频方向偏移或向低频方向偏移,即偏移方向是预定义的,网络设备和终端对该偏移方向的理解是一致的。另一种实现中,增加另一个指示信息I 2或者在指示信息中增加1比特,用于指示偏移方向。例如“0”用于指示向低频方向偏移,“1”用于指示向高频方向偏移。当然,也可以将“0”和“1”所指示的内容反过来,对此,本申请不做限制。 In addition, the offset directions are different, and the frequency offset between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid is also different. Therefore, in one implementation, the offset to the high frequency direction or the low frequency direction may be predefined, that is, the offset direction is predefined, and the understanding of the offset direction by the network device and the terminal is consistent. In another implementation, another indication information I 2 is added or 1 bit is added to the indication information for indicating the offset direction. For example, "0" is used to indicate a shift in the low frequency direction, and "1" is used to indicate a shift in the high frequency direction. Of course, the contents indicated by “0” and “1” may be reversed, and the application does not limit this.
对于载波的中心频率和SS的中心频率之间的频率偏移并非1/2PRB大小的整数倍时,均可以采用第三种情况的方式指示第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格之间的频率偏移F 1When the frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is not an integer multiple of the 1/2 PRB size, a third case may be used to indicate between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid. Frequency offset F 1 .
例如,SS栅格的大小为180kHz,信道栅格的大小为100kHz,SS的子载波间隔为15kHz时,当偏移方向为向低频方向偏移时,偏移集合可以为{0,10,20,30,40,60,80,90,100,110,120,130,140,160}kHz;当偏移方向为向高频方向偏移时,偏移集合可以为 {0,20,40,60,70,80,90,100,120,140,160,170}kHz。For example, if the size of the SS grid is 180 kHz, the size of the channel grid is 100 kHz, and the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz, when the offset direction is shifted to the low frequency direction, the offset set can be {0, 10, 20 , 30, 40, 60, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 160} kHz; when the offset direction is shifted to the high frequency direction, the offset set may be {0, 20, 40, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 120, 140, 160, 170} kHz.
第四种情况:假设SS栅格的大小为100kHz,信道栅格的大小为100kHz,SS的子载波间隔为15kHz。The fourth case: assuming that the size of the SS grid is 100 kHz, the size of the channel grid is 100 kHz, and the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz.
SS的中心频率的位置为100*n kHz,载波的中心频率的位置为100*m kHz,15kHz的子载波间隔对应的PRB的大小为180kHz。载波的中心频率和SS的中心频率之间的频率偏移为|100*n-100*m|kHz。其中,m,n均为非负整数,“| |”代表取绝对值。此时,可以认为SS栅格和信道栅格是对齐的。The position of the center frequency of the SS is 100*n kHz, the position of the center frequency of the carrier is 100*m kHz, and the size of the PRB corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz is 180 kHz. The frequency offset between the center frequency of the carrier and the center frequency of the SS is |100*n-100*m|kHz. Where m and n are non-negative integers, and “| |” represents an absolute value. At this point, the SS grid and the channel grid can be considered to be aligned.
当载波中子载波间隔为15kHz的PRB个数为偶数时,第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格之间是对齐的。当载波中子载波间隔为15kHz的PRB个数为奇数时,第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格之间偏移10kHz或90kHz。此时,可以预定义偏移方向为向高频方向偏移或向低频方向偏移。通过1比特的指示信息I 1指示第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格之间的频率偏移F 1。其中一个取值表示频率偏移为0,即不偏移;另一个取值为偏移10kHz或90kHz。或者可以通过2比特的指示信息I 1指示频率偏移值和偏移方向。例如,“00”表示频率偏移为0,即不偏移;“01”表示第一PRB网格向低频方向偏移10kHz(或向高频方向偏移90kHz),以得到第二PRB网格。“10”表示第一PRB网格向高频方向偏移10kHz(或向低频方向偏移90kHz),以得到第二PRB网格。 When the number of PRBs with subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz in the carrier is even, the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are aligned. When the number of PRBs with subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz in the carrier is an odd number, the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are offset by 10 kHz or 90 kHz. At this time, the offset direction may be predefined to be shifted to the high frequency direction or to the low frequency direction. Between 1-bit information indicated by I 1 indicates a first grid and a second PRB PRB offset grid frequency F 1. One of the values indicates that the frequency offset is 0, that is, no offset; the other value is offset by 10 kHz or 90 kHz. Alternatively, the frequency offset value and the offset direction may be indicated by the 2-bit indication information I 1 . For example, "00" indicates that the frequency offset is 0, that is, no offset; "01" indicates that the first PRB grid is shifted by 10 kHz in the low frequency direction (or 90 kHz in the high frequency direction) to obtain a second PRB grid. . "10" indicates that the first PRB grid is shifted by 10 kHz in the high frequency direction (or 90 kHz in the low frequency direction) to obtain a second PRB grid.
类似的,当SS栅格的大小为100kHz,信道栅格的大小为100kHz,SS的子载波间隔为30kHz时,当载波中子载波间隔为30kHz的PRB个数为偶数时,第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格之间是对齐的。当载波中子载波间隔为30kHz的PRB个数为奇数时,第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格之间偏移20kHz或80kHz。指示方式同以上描述,在此不再赘述。Similarly, when the size of the SS grid is 100 kHz, the size of the channel grid is 100 kHz, and the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 30 kHz, when the number of PRBs with subcarrier spacing of 30 kHz in the carrier is even, the first PRB grid Aligned with the second PRB grid. When the number of PRBs in the carrier where the subcarrier spacing is 30 kHz is an odd number, the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are offset by 20 kHz or 80 kHz. The indication manner is the same as the above description, and details are not described herein again.
第五种情况:用于高频通信系统,即载波的频率高于6GHz的通信系统。The fifth case: for a high frequency communication system, that is, a communication system in which the carrier frequency is higher than 6 GHz.
例如,SS栅格的大小为2880kHz,信道栅格的大小为720kHz,SS的子载波间隔为120kHz;那么不管载波中120kHz PRB个数为奇数还是偶数个,均可以保证channel raster与SS raster之间的偏移值为720*k。则可以保证第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格是对齐的,则在高频通信系统中可以不在PBCH中广播指示信息I 1For example, the size of the SS grid is 2880 kHz, the size of the channel grid is 720 kHz, and the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 120 kHz. Then, regardless of whether the number of 120 kHz PRBs in the carrier is odd or even, the channel raster and the SS raster can be guaranteed. The offset value is 720*k. Then, it can be ensured that the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid are aligned, and the indication information I 1 may not be broadcast in the PBCH in the high frequency communication system.
再如,SS栅格的大小为11520kHz,信道栅格的大小为720kHz,SS的子载波间隔为240kHz。那么不管载波中240kHz PRB个数为奇数还是偶数个,均可以保证信道栅格与SS栅格之间的偏移值为720*k。可见,在高频通信系统中,SS栅格是信道栅格整数倍,则可以保证第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格是对齐的,则在高频通信系统中可以不在PBCH中广播指示信息I 1For another example, the size of the SS grid is 11520 kHz, the size of the channel grid is 720 kHz, and the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 240 kHz. Then, regardless of whether the number of 240 kHz PRBs in the carrier is odd or even, the offset value between the channel grid and the SS grid can be guaranteed to be 720*k. It can be seen that in the high frequency communication system, the SS grid is an integer multiple of the channel grid, and the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid can be ensured to be aligned, and the indication can not be broadcasted in the PBCH in the high frequency communication system. Information I 1 .
在以上各种情况中,SS栅格的大小,信道栅格的大小和SS的子载波间隔可以根据载波的频率确定,例如根据载波所在的频段确定。比如1.8GHz的载波频段支持第二种情况,在该频段下通过指示信息I 1指示第一PRB网格和第二PRB网格之间的关系。再如,3.5GHz的载波频段支持第一种情况,在该频段下可以不指示两个PRB之间的关系或指示频率偏移为0,则终端默认第一PRB和第二PRB是对齐的。具体可以参见如下表1。 In each of the above cases, the size of the SS grid, the size of the channel grid, and the subcarrier spacing of the SS may be determined according to the frequency of the carrier, for example, according to the frequency band in which the carrier is located. For example, the carrier frequency band of 1.8 GHz supports the second case, in which the relationship between the first PRB grid and the second PRB grid is indicated by the indication information I 1 . For another example, the carrier frequency band of 3.5 GHz supports the first case, in which the relationship between two PRBs may not be indicated or the frequency offset is 0, the terminal defaults that the first PRB and the second PRB are aligned. For details, see Table 1 below.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2018100072-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2018100072-appb-000001
对于第一种情况和第五种情况,除了采用指示信息指示频率偏移为0外,还可以不发送指示信息I 1。例如,在高频通信系统中,可以默认不发送指示信息I 1。终端假设(或默认)用于SS(或SS块)的PRB网格与用于载波的PRB网格相同(或一致)。 For the first case and the fifth case, the indication information I 1 may not be transmitted except that the indication information indicates that the frequency offset is 0. For example, in a high frequency communication system, the indication information I 1 may not be transmitted by default. The terminal assumes (or defaults) that the PRB grid for the SS (or SS block) is the same (or consistent) as the PRB grid for the carrier.
以上表格中,不同的频率范围内对于SS的子载波间隔,SS栅格和信道栅格的选取可以只选择其中一种组合,也可以选择多种组合,本申请不做限制。In the above table, the selection of the SS sub-carrier spacing, the SS grid and the channel grid in different frequency ranges may select only one of the combinations, and may also select multiple combinations, which is not limited in this application.
在本申请又一种方案中,终端假设(或默认)用于SS(或SS块)的PRB网格与用于载波的PRB网格(的结构)相同(或一致)。此时,终端将用于SS(或SS块)的PRB网格默认为用于载波的PRB网格,以在数据/控制信道上进行数据/控制信息的正确传输和接收。此时,网络设备可以根据载波的频率,确定SS栅格的大小X,子载波间隔的大小Y和信道栅格的大小Z,使得X=Z*M1,且Y*12=Z*N1,M1和N1为大于或等于2的整数。由于满足以上公式,用于SS(或SS块)的PRB网格与用于载波的PRB网格(的结构)相同(或一致),与终端的假设一致,因此终端可以在数据/控制信道上进行数据/控制信息的正确传输和接收。In yet another aspect of the present application, the terminal assumes (or defaults) that the PRB grid for the SS (or SS block) is the same (or identical) to the structure of the PRB grid for the carrier. At this time, the terminal defaults the PRB grid for the SS (or SS block) to the PRB grid for the carrier to perform correct transmission and reception of the data/control information on the data/control channel. At this time, the network device may determine the size X of the SS grid, the size Y of the subcarrier spacing, and the size Z of the channel grid according to the frequency of the carrier, such that X=Z*M1, and Y*12=Z*N1, M1 And N1 is an integer greater than or equal to 2. Since the above formula is satisfied, the PRB grid for the SS (or SS block) is the same (or identical) to the structure of the PRB grid for the carrier, which is consistent with the assumption of the terminal, so the terminal can be on the data/control channel. Proper transmission and reception of data/control information.
请参考图9,其为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意图。在该方法中,终端默认用于SS的PRB网格和用于载波的PRB网格相同或对齐。如图9所示,该方法包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 9 , which is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. In this method, the terminal defaults to the SPB grid of the SS and the PRB grid for the carrier is the same or aligned. As shown in FIG. 9, the method includes the following steps:
S910:终端从网络设备接收SS;S910: The terminal receives the SS from the network device.
S920:终端根据SS确定第一PRB网格,其中第一PRB网格与载波上用于数据/控制信息传输的PRB网格对齐(或一致);S920: The terminal determines, according to the SS, a first PRB grid, where the first PRB grid is aligned (or consistent) with a PRB grid for data/control information transmission on the carrier;
S930:终端以该第一PRB网格为载波的PRB网格,在载波上接收/传输数据/控制 信息。S930: The terminal receives/transmits data/control information on the carrier by using the PRB grid with the first PRB grid as a carrier.
其中终端接收SS,并根据SS确定第一PRB网格的过程同以上实施例中的步骤S620和S630,在此不再赘述。The process of the terminal receiving the SS and determining the first PRB grid according to the SS is the same as the steps S620 and S630 in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在以上步骤S930中,终端默认用于SS的PRB网格和用于载波的PRB网格相同或对齐,将用于SS的PRB网格作为载波的PRB网格,由于载波上用于数据/控制信息传输的PRB网格与用于SS的PRB网格对齐,则终端可以正确解读频率资源,并接收和传输数据/控制信息。In the above step S930, the terminal defaults the PRB grid for the SS and the PRB grid for the carrier to be the same or aligned, and the PRB grid for the SS is used as the PRB grid of the carrier, because the carrier is used for data/control The PRB grid of information transmission is aligned with the PRB grid for SS, and the terminal can correctly interpret the frequency resources and receive and transmit the data/control information.
请参考图10,其为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的示意图。在该方法中,终端默认用于SS的PRB网格和用于载波的PRB网格相同或对齐。如图10所示,该方法包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 10 , which is a schematic diagram of still another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. In this method, the terminal defaults to the SPB grid of the SS and the PRB grid for the carrier is the same or aligned. As shown in FIG. 10, the method includes the following steps:
S101:网络设备根据载波的频率,确定SS栅格的大小,信道栅格的大小和子载波间隔。S101: The network device determines the size of the SS grid, the size of the channel grid, and the subcarrier spacing according to the frequency of the carrier.
S102:网络设备采用所确定的子载波间隔在SS栅格的第一位置发送SS,其中SS的中心频率位于该第一位置。S102: The network device sends the SS in the first position of the SS grid by using the determined subcarrier spacing, where the center frequency of the SS is located at the first location.
S103:网络设备采用所确定的子载波间隔在载波上传输或接收数据/控制信息,其中用于载波的PRB网格与用于SS的PRB网格相同。S103: The network device transmits or receives data/control information on the carrier by using the determined subcarrier spacing, wherein the PRB grid for the carrier is the same as the PRB grid for the SS.
其中,SS栅格的大小X,子载波间隔的大小Y和信道栅格的大小Z,X=Z*M1,且Y*12=Z*N1,M1和N1为大于或等于2的整数。Wherein, the size X of the SS grid, the size Y of the subcarrier spacing and the size Z of the channel grid, X=Z*M1, and Y*12=Z*N1, and M1 and N1 are integers greater than or equal to 2.
NR通信系统支持多种子载波间隔,比如{3.75,7.5,15,30,60,120,240,480}kHz。一个载波上可以支持多种子载波间隔,不同子载波间隔对应的PRB位于PRB网格上,即不同子载波间隔具有不同的PRB网格。不同子载波间隔对应的PRB网格在频域上有着嵌套式的关系。例如,图11所示,其中图11为本申请实施例提供的一种多种子载波间隔对应的PRB网格的示意图。左侧f 0,2f 0,4f 0和8f 0代表子载波间隔,与这些子载波间隔对应的网格代表对应子载波间隔下的PRB网格,可见,不同子载波间隔对应的PRB网格在频域上有着嵌套式的关系。终端在确定了一种子载波间隔对应的PRB网格之后,却无法确定其它比该子载波间隔大的子载波间隔对应的PRB网格。比如,如图11所示,子载波间隔f 0对应的PRB网格的边界可能落在2f 0对应的PRB网格的边界,也可能落在子载波间隔2f 0对应的PRB网格中的PRB的中心。因此,终端无法确定2f 0对应的PRB网格。如果终端确定的是子载波间隔2f 0对应的PRB网格,则子载波间隔f 0对应的PRB网格的边界只在子载波间隔2f 0对应的PRB网格的边界上,因此可以根据子载波间隔f 0直接确定出子载波间隔f 0对应的PRB网格。 The NR communication system supports multiple subcarrier spacings, such as {3.75, 7.5, 15, 30, 60, 120, 240, 480} kHz. A plurality of subcarrier spacings can be supported on one carrier, and PRBs corresponding to different subcarrier spacings are located on the PRB grid, that is, different subcarrier spacings have different PRB grids. The PRB grids corresponding to different subcarrier spacings have a nested relationship in the frequency domain. For example, FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a PRB grid corresponding to multiple subcarrier spacings according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. The left side f 0 , 2f 0 , 4f 0 and 8f 0 represent the subcarrier spacing, and the grid corresponding to the spacing of these subcarriers represents the PRB grid under the corresponding subcarrier spacing. It can be seen that the PRB grid corresponding to the different subcarrier spacing is There are nested relationships in the frequency domain. After determining the PRB grid corresponding to a seed carrier interval, the terminal cannot determine other PRB grids corresponding to the subcarrier spacing larger than the subcarrier spacing. For example, as shown in FIG. 11, the boundary of the PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing f 0 may fall on the boundary of the PRB grid corresponding to 2f 0 , or may fall on the PRB in the PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing 2f 0 . center of. Therefore, the terminal cannot determine the PRB grid corresponding to 2f 0 . If the terminal is determined subcarrier spacing 2f 0 PRB corresponding to a grid, the subcarrier spacing f 0 corresponding to the boundary mesh PRB only on the boundary 2f 0 PRB corresponding to the grid spacing in the subcarriers, the subcarriers may thus The interval f 0 directly determines the PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing f 0 .
考虑到该问题,本申请实施例提供另一种通信方法,在该方法中,网络设备向终端发送指示信息I 3,该指示信息I 3用于指示不同子载波间隔对应的PRB网格之间的频率偏移,如此终端可以根据其中已知的PRB网格和该频率偏移,确定未知的PRB网格。该已知PRB网格可以为以上实施例中的PRB网格G 1,即该已知的PRB网格对应的子载波间隔与SS的子载波间隔相同,则该已知的PRB网格的获取方法同以上实施例中PRB网络G 1的获取方法,在此不再赘述。 In view of this problem, the present embodiment provides another application communication method, in this method, a network device transmits to the terminal between different indication PRB subcarrier spacing grid corresponding indication information I 3, I 3 for the indication The frequency offset, so the terminal can determine the unknown PRB grid based on the known PRB grid and the frequency offset. The known PRB grid may be the PRB grid G 1 in the above embodiment, that is, the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the known PRB grid is the same as the subcarrier spacing of the SS, and the known PRB grid is acquired. Example G PRB method for obtaining a network with the above embodiment of the method, not described herein again.
请参考图12,其为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意图,如图12所示,该方法包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 12 , which is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the method includes the following steps:
S121:终端确定PRB网格D 1,其中该PRB网格D 1对应的子载波间隔为S 1S121: The terminal determines the PRB grid D 1 , where the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB grid D 1 is S 1 .
S122:网络设备向终端发送指示信息I 3;该指示信息用于指示PRB网格D 1和PRB网格D 2之间的频率偏移F 2,其中PRB网格D 2对应的子载波间隔为S 2,其中子载波间隔S 2大于子载波间隔为S 1。终端从网络设备接收指示信息I 3,执行以下步骤S123。 S122: the network device sends indication information to the terminal I 3; the indication information indicates PRB and PRB mesh grid. 1 D D F between the frequency offset 22, wherein D 2 mesh PRB corresponding subcarrier spacing S 2 , wherein the subcarrier spacing S 2 is greater than the subcarrier spacing is S 1 . The terminal receives the indication information I 3 from the network device, and performs the following step S123.
S123:终端根据PRB网格D 1和频率偏移F 2,确定PRB网格D 2S123: The terminal D 1 and PRB grid frequency offset F 2, the grid is determined PRB D 2.
之后,终端和网络设备之间进行数据/控制信息的传输(S124),其中,网络设备根据该PRB网格D 2为终端分配用于数据/控制信息传输的资源,终端确定该PRB网格D 2后,和网络设备对资源的理解是一致的,提高了数据/控制信息传输的正确性。 Thereafter, the data between the terminal and the network device / transmission of control information (S124), wherein the network device based on the grid PRB allocated to the terminal for the D 2 data / control information transmission resources, the terminal determines that the grid PRB D After 2 , the network device has the same understanding of resources, which improves the correctness of data/control information transmission.
其中,PRB网格D 1可以是以上实施例中的PRB网格G 1。终端可以采用以上实施例中的方法确定PRB网格D 1,在此不再赘述。或者终端默认PRB网格D 1(PRB网格G 1)和用于SS(或SS块)的PRB网格(PRB网格G 0)相同(或一致),则终端在检测到SS之后,根据检测到的SS直接确定该PRB网格D 1The PRB grid D 1 may be the PRB grid G 1 in the above embodiment. The terminal may determine the PRB grid D 1 by using the method in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again. Or the terminal default PRB grid D 1 (PRB grid G 1 ) and the PRB grid (PRB grid G 0 ) for SS (or SS block) are the same (or consistent), then the terminal after detecting the SS, according to The detected SS directly determines the PRB grid D 1 .
PRB网格D 1对应的子载波间隔S 1可以为SS的子载波间隔。PRB网格D 2对应的子载波间隔S 2大于SS的子载波间隔。 PRB corresponding to the grid D 1 subcarrier spacing S 1 SS may subcarrier spacing. PRB corresponding to the grid D 2 larger than the subcarrier spacing S 2 SS subcarrier spacing.
网络设备可以通过PBCH发送该指示信息I 3;则终端可以通过PBCH接收该指示信息I 3。或者,网络设备可以通过剩余最小系统信息(remaining minimum system information,RMSI)发送该指示信息I 3;则终端接收该RMSI,该RMSI携带指示信息I 3。或者,网络设备可以通过高层信令,例如无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)消息发送该指示信息I 3;则终端接收该高层信令,该高层信令带指示信息I 3Network device may send the indication information I 3 through the PBCH; the terminal may receive the indication information I 3 through PBCH. Alternatively, the network device may send the information indicating the remaining minimum system information (remaining minimum system information, RMSI) I 3; terminal receives the RMSI, the indication information RMSI I 3. Alternatively, the network level signaling device may, for example, RRC (radio resource control, RRC) message to transmit the indication information I 3; terminal receives the high-level signaling, the high-band signaling information indicating the I 3.
本实施例中的方法可以和以上实施例的方法结合。在载波支持多种子载波间隔时,该多种子载波间隔包括子载波间隔S 1和子载波间隔S 2,其中子载波间隔S 1与SS的子载波间隔相同,子载波间隔S 2与SS的子载波间隔不同。终端在检测到SS时,可以根据SS确定用于SS的PRB网格,当终端默认用于SS的PRB网格和用于载波的PRB网格相同时,可以采用该SS的PRB网格作为PRB网格D 1。当终端根据网络设备发送的指示信息I 1确定用于载波的PRB网格,采用以上实施例中的根据指示信息I 1确定PRB网格D 1。进而根据PRB网格D 1和指示信息I 3确定PRB网格D 2。如此,可以实现在支持子载波间隔为S 1和S 2的载波上的数据/控制信息的正确传输。更多子载波间隔与之类似,在此不再赘述。 The method in this embodiment can be combined with the method of the above embodiment. When the carrier supports multiple subcarrier spacings, the multiple subcarrier spacing includes a subcarrier spacing S 1 and a subcarrier spacing S 2 , where the subcarrier spacing S 1 is the same as the subcarrier spacing of the SS, and the subcarrier spacing S 2 and the subcarriers of the SS The intervals are different. When detecting the SS, the terminal may determine the PRB grid for the SS according to the SS. When the PRB grid used by the terminal for the SS is the same as the PRB grid for the carrier, the PRB grid of the SS may be used as the PRB. Grid D 1 . When the terminal according to the instruction information transmitted from the network device I 1 for determining carrier PRB grid, using the above embodiments indication information I 1 determined according to D 1 PRB grid. Further, the PRB grid D 2 is determined based on the PRB grid D 1 and the indication information I 3 . Thus, the support can be realized as data on a subcarrier spacing of S 1 and S 2 of the carrier / correct transmission of control information. More subcarrier spacing is similar, and will not be described here.
终端默认PRB网格D 1(PRB网格G 1)和用于SS(或SS块)的PRB网格G 0相同,则终端在检测到SS之后,根据检测到的SS确定以上PRB网格D 2。请参考图13,其为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意图,如图13所示,该方法包括如下步骤: The terminal default PRB grid D 1 (PRB grid G 1 ) is the same as the PRB grid G 0 for the SS (or SS block), and after detecting the SS, the terminal determines the above PRB grid D according to the detected SS. 2 . Please refer to FIG. 13 , which is a schematic diagram of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13 , the method includes the following steps:
S131:网络设备向终端发送SS。S131: The network device sends the SS to the terminal.
S132:终端检测SS。S132: The terminal detects the SS.
S133:当检测到SS时,确定SS的中心频率。S133: Determine the center frequency of the SS when the SS is detected.
S134:网络设备向终端发送指示信息I 4,该指示信息I 4用于指示SS的中心频率与PRB网格D 2的边界之间的频率偏移F 3S134: the network device sends indication information to the terminal I 4, I 4 the indication information for indicating the boundary frequency between the center frequency of the PRB SS grid offset D 2 F 3.
S135:终端根据SS的中心频率和该频率偏移F 3,确定PRB网格D 2S135: The terminal determines the PRB grid D 2 according to the center frequency of the SS and the frequency offset F 3 .
之后,终端和网络设备之间进行数据/控制信息的传输(S136),其中,网络设备根据该PRB网格D 2为终端分配用于数据/控制信息传输的资源,终端确定该PRB网格D 2 后,和网络设备对资源的理解是一致的,提高了数据/控制信息传输的正确性。 Thereafter, the data between the terminal and the network device / transmission of control information (S136), wherein the network device based on the grid PRB allocated to the terminal for the D 2 data / control information transmission resources, the terminal determines that the grid PRB D After 2 , the network device has the same understanding of resources, which improves the correctness of data/control information transmission.
以上PRB网格D 2对应的子载波间隔S 2大于SS的子载波间隔。 D 2 mesh above PRB corresponding subcarrier interval S is larger than the subcarrier spacing SS 2.
网络设备可以通过PBCH发送该指示信息I 4;则终端可以通过PBCH接收该指示信息I 4。或者,网络设备可以通过RMSI发送该指示信息I 4;则终端接收该RMSI,该RMSI携带指示信息I 4。或者,网络设备可以通过高层信令,例如RRC消息发送该指示信息I 4;则终端接收该高层信令,该高层信令带指示信息I 4The network device may send the indication information I 4 through the PBCH; the terminal may receive the indication information I 4 through the PBCH. Alternatively, the network device may send the indication information by RMSI I 4; terminal receives the RMSI, the indication information RMSI I 4. Alternatively, the network level signaling device may, for example, the RRC message transmitting the indication information I 4; terminal receives the high-level signaling, the high-band signaling information indicating the I 4.
请参考图14,其为本申请实施例提供的一种PRB网格的示意图。假设PRB网格D 1对应的子载波间隔或者SS的子载波间隔为参考子载波间隔f 0,PRB网格D 2对应的子载波间隔为f 1。如图14(1)所示,f 1/f 0=2:对于图12所示的实施例,PRB网格D 1的边界可以位于PRB网格D 2的边界(如图中位置0),也可以位于PRB网格D 2的PRB的中心(如图中位置1),则此时可以利用1比特的指示信息I 3来指示该位置,例如“0”表示位置0,“1”表示位置1。当然,指示信息I 3的取值含义也可以反过来,对此不做限制。对于图13所示的实施例,SS(或SS块)的中心频率可以位于PRB网格D 2的边界(如图中位置0),也可以位于PRB网格D 2的PRB的中心(如图中位置1),则此时可以利用1比特的指示信息I 4来指示该位置,例如“0”表示位置0,“1”表示位置1。当然,指示信息I 4的取值含义也可以反过来,对此不做限制。以上位置可以通过频率偏移来表示,即位置0表示频率偏移F 2或F 3为0,位置1表示频率偏移F 2或F 3为半个PRB。该PRB对应的子载波间隔与PRB网格D 2对应的子载波间隔相同。 Please refer to FIG. 14 , which is a schematic diagram of a PRB grid according to an embodiment of the present application. It is assumed that the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB grid D 1 or the subcarrier spacing of the SS is the reference subcarrier spacing f 0 , and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB grid D 2 is f 1 . As shown in Fig. 14 (1), f 1 /f 0 = 2: For the embodiment shown in Fig. 12, the boundary of the PRB grid D 1 may be located at the boundary of the PRB grid D 2 (position 0 in the figure). It can also be located at the center of the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 (position 1 in the figure). At this time, the position can be indicated by the 1-bit indication information I 3 , for example, “0” indicates position 0, and “1” indicates position. 1. Of course, the meaning of the value of the indication information I 3 can also be reversed, and no limitation is imposed on this. For the embodiment shown in FIG. 13, the center frequency of the SS (or SS block) may be located at the boundary of the PRB grid D 2 (position 0 in the figure), or may be located at the center of the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 (as shown in the figure). In the middle position 1), the position can be indicated by the 1-bit indication information I 4 at this time, for example, "0" indicates position 0, and "1" indicates position 1. Of course, the meaning of the value of the indication information I 4 can also be reversed, and no limitation is imposed on this. The above position can be represented by a frequency offset, that is, position 0 indicates that the frequency offset F 2 or F 3 is 0, and position 1 indicates that the frequency offset F 2 or F 3 is half PRB. PRB corresponding to subcarriers of the same PRB grid spacing D 2 corresponding to the subcarrier spacing.
如图14(2)所示,f 1/f 0=4:对于图12所示的实施例,PRB网格D 1的边界可以位于PRB网格D 2的边界(如图中位置0),也可以位于PRB网格D 2的PRB的1/4处(如图中位置1),还可以位于PRB网格D 2的PRB的中心(如图中位置2),或者位于PRB网格D 2的PRB的3/4处(如图中位置3)。则此时可以利用2比特的指示信息I 3来指示该位置,例如“00”表示位置0,“01”表示位置1,“10”表示位置2,“11”表示位置3。对于图13所示的实施例,SS(或SS块)的中心频率可以位于PRB网格D 2的边界(如图中位置0),也可以位于PRB网格D 2的PRB的1/4处(如图中位置1),还可以位于PRB网格D 2的PRB的中心(如图中位置2),或者位于PRB网格D 2的PRB的3/4处(如图中位置3)。则此时可以利用2比特的指示信息I 4来指示该位置,例如“00”表示位置0,“01”表示位置1,“10”表示位置2,“11”表示位置3。以上位置可以通过频率偏移来表示,即位置0表示频率偏移F 2或F 3为0,位置1表示频率偏移F 2或F 3为1/4个PRB,位置2表示频率偏移F 2或F 3为1/2个PRB,位置3表示频率偏移F 2或F 3为3/4个PRB。该PRB对应的子载波间隔与PRB网格D 2对应的子载波间隔相同。PRB网格D 2中一个PRB的可能位置编号,可以预定义从低频域位置向高频域位置编号或预定义从高频域位置向低频域位置编号。或使用1比特指示编号的方向,即偏移的方向。 As shown in FIG. 14(2), f 1 /f 0 =4: For the embodiment shown in FIG. 12, the boundary of the PRB grid D 1 may be located at the boundary of the PRB grid D 2 (position 0 in the figure). It can also be located at 1/4 of the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 (position 1 in the figure), or at the center of the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 (position 2 in the figure), or in the PRB grid D 2 3/4 of the PRB (position 3 in the figure). 2 can be used at this time, bit information indicating position to indicate that the I 3, for example, "00" indicates the position 0, "01" indicates the position 1, "10" indicates the position 2, "11" indicates the position 3. For the embodiment shown in FIG. 13, the center frequency of the SS (or SS block) may be located at the boundary of the PRB grid D 2 (position 0 in the figure), or may be located at 1/4 of the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 (Position 1 in the figure), it can also be located at the center of the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 (position 2 in the figure) or at 3/4 of the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 (position 3 in the figure). Then, the position can be indicated by the 2-bit indication information I 4 at this time, for example, "00" indicates position 0, "01" indicates position 1, "10" indicates position 2, and "11" indicates position 3. The above position can be expressed by the frequency offset, that is, the position 0 indicates that the frequency offset F 2 or F 3 is 0, the position 1 indicates that the frequency offset F 2 or F 3 is 1/4 PRB, and the position 2 indicates the frequency offset F 2 or F 3 is 1/2 PRB, and position 3 indicates that the frequency offset F 2 or F 3 is 3/4 PRB. PRB corresponding to subcarriers of the same PRB grid spacing D 2 corresponding to the subcarrier spacing. The possible position number of a PRB in the PRB grid D 2 can be predefined from the low frequency domain position to the high frequency domain position number or the predefined number from the high frequency domain position to the low frequency domain position. Or use 1 bit to indicate the direction of the number, that is, the direction of the offset.
以上实施例中已经描述PRB网格D 2可以用于数据/控制信息传输,例如,该PRB网格D2可以用于RMSI的传输。PRB网格D2此时为RMSI的PRB网格,则可以采用以上实施例提供的任一确定PRB网格D2的方法来确定RMSI的PRB网格。RMSI的PRB网格是指用于传输RMSI的子载波间隔对应的PRB网格。此时,该RMSI的子载波间隔即为以上PRB网格D 2对应的子载波间隔S 2。下面结合附图以PRB网格D2为 RMSI的PRB网格为例进行描述。 It has been described in the above embodiments that the PRB grid D 2 can be used for data/control information transmission, for example, the PRB grid D2 can be used for transmission of RMSI. The PRB grid D2 is now the PRB grid of the RMSI. The method of determining the PRB grid D2 provided by the above embodiments may be used to determine the PRB grid of the RMSI. The PRB grid of the RMSI refers to the PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing used to transmit the RMSI. In this case, the subcarrier spacing is the RMSI more PRB corresponding to the grid D 2 subcarrier spacing S 2. The following describes the PRB grid with the PRB grid D2 as the RMSI as an example.
请参考图24,其为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的示意图。如图24所示,该方法包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 24 , which is a schematic diagram of still another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 24, the method includes the following steps:
S241:网络设备发送SS block。S241: The network device sends the SS block.
SS block包括SS和PBCH,其中PBCH上承载了RMSI的子载波间隔S 2的信息。 The SS block includes an SS and a PBCH, where the information of the subcarrier spacing S 2 of the RMSI is carried on the PBCH.
S242:终端检测SS,并接收PBCH上的信息。S242: The terminal detects the SS and receives the information on the PBCH.
终端检测到SS后,可以确定SS的中心频率,进而以该中心频率为中心的24个PRB上接收PBCH上的信息。如此,终端可以获得RMSI的子载波间隔S 2。由于RMSI的子载波间隔S 2可能会与SS的子载波间隔不同,在以上实施例中已经描述,当RMSI的子载波间隔S 2大于SS的子载波间隔时,网络设备向终端指示PRB网格D 1和PRB网格D 2之间的频率偏移F 2,以便终端根据PRB网格D 1确定RMSI的PRB网格D2。例如,网络设备向终端发送指示信息I 0,该指示信息用于确定RMSI的PRB网格。此时,以上方法还包括: After detecting the SS, the terminal can determine the center frequency of the SS, and then receive the information on the PBCH on the 24 PRBs centered on the center frequency. In this way, the terminal can obtain the subcarrier spacing S 2 of the RMSI. Since the subcarrier spacing S 2 of the RMSI may be different from the subcarrier spacing of the SS, as described in the above embodiments, when the subcarrier spacing S 2 of the RMSI is greater than the subcarrier spacing of the SS, the network device indicates the PRB grid to the terminal. The frequency between D 1 and PRB grid D 2 is offset by F 2 so that the terminal determines the PRB grid D2 of the RMSI from the PRB grid D 1 . For example, the network device sends indication information I 0 to the terminal, the indication information being used to determine the PRB grid of the RMSI. At this time, the above methods also include:
S243:网络设备向终端发送指示信息I 0,该指示信息用于确定RMSI的PRB网格。 S243: The network device sends the indication information I 0 to the terminal, where the indication information is used to determine a PRB grid of the RMSI.
网络设备可以通过PBCH发送该指示信息I 0The network device can send the indication information I 0 through the PBCH.
S244:终端接收该指示信息I 0,根据该指示信息I 0确定RMSI的PRB网格。 S244: The terminal receives the indication information I 0 , and determines a PRB grid of the RMSI according to the indication information I 0 .
终端具体根据以上实施例的任一方法确定PRB网格D 1,进而根据PRB网格D 1和指示信息I 0确定RMSI的PRB网格。 The terminal determines the PRB grid D 1 according to any of the above embodiments, and further determines the PRB grid of the RMSI according to the PRB grid D 1 and the indication information I 0 .
S245:终端根据确定的RMSI的PRB网格接收RMSI。S245: The terminal receives the RMSI according to the determined PRB grid of the RMSI.
下面分别介绍几种指示信息I 0的实现方案,这些指示信息I 0的实现方案适用于以上任一确定PRB网格D 2的方案,该PRB网格D 2例如为图24中的RMSI的PRB网格。 The following describes several implementations indication information I 0, which indicates the information I 0 is suitable for implementation in any preceding meshes determination scheme PRB of D 2, D 2 of the PRB grid, for example, in FIG. 24 RMSI a PRB grid.
方案一:指示PRB网格D 1和PRB网格D 2之间的相对位置 Solution 1: Indicate the relative position between the PRB grid D 1 and the PRB grid D 2
指示信息I 0可以包括2比特信息位,对于不同的PRB网格D 1对应的子载波间隔S 1和PRB网格D 2对应的子载波间隔S 2,该2比特信息位的解释是不同的。 Instructions I 0 may include a 2-bit information bits, for different D 1 of the corresponding subcarrier PRB grid spacing S 1 and PRB grid D 2 corresponding to the subcarrier spacing S 2, the 2-bit interpreting the information bits are different .
请参考图25,其为本申请实施例提供的一种PRB网格的示意图。假设PRB网格D 1对应的子载波间隔为参考子载波间隔f 0,且该子载波间隔等于SS的子载波间隔;PRB网格D 2对应的子载波间隔为f 1。如图25所示,图25(1)以子载波间隔为f 0为15kHz,子载波间隔为f 1为30kHz为例,图25(2)以子载波间隔为f 0为30kHz,子载波间隔为f 1为60kHz为例,其中,f 1/f 0=2。此时,PRB网格D 1的一个边界(以图中边界B1为例)可以位于PRB网格D 2的边界(图中以位置0表示),也可以位于PRB网格D 2的PRB的中心(图中以位置1表示)。 Please refer to FIG. 25 , which is a schematic diagram of a PRB grid according to an embodiment of the present application. It is assumed that the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB grid D 1 is the reference subcarrier spacing f 0 , and the subcarrier spacing is equal to the subcarrier spacing of the SS; the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB grid D 2 is f 1 . As shown in FIG. 25, FIG. 25(1) shows an example where the subcarrier spacing is f 0 is 15 kHz, the subcarrier spacing is f 1 is 30 kHz, and FIG. 25 (2) is subcarrier spacing f 0 is 30 kHz, and the subcarrier spacing is Let f 1 be 60 kHz as an example, where f 1 /f 0 =2. At this time, one boundary of the PRB grid D 1 (taking the boundary B1 in the figure as an example) may be located at the boundary of the PRB grid D 2 (indicated by position 0 in the figure), or may be located at the center of the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 . (in the figure, it is indicated by position 1).
此时可以利用2比特的指示信息I 0来指示该网格位置,例如“00”表示位置0,“01”表示位置1,“10”和“11”作为预留的信息位。当然,指示信息I 0的取值含义也可以有其他解释,例如“10”表示位置0,“11”表示位置1,“00”和“01”作为预留的信息位;对此不做限制。以上网格位置可以通过频域偏移来表示,即“00”表示频域偏移为0,“01”表示频域偏移为半个PRB或6个子载波,该PRB或子载波对应的子载波间隔与PRB网格D 2对应的子载波间隔相同。或“00”表示频域偏移为0,“01”表示偏移为1个PRB或12个子载波,该PRB或子载波对应的子载波间隔与PRB网格D 1对应的子载波间隔相同。 At this time, the 2-bit indication information I 0 can be used to indicate the grid position, for example, "00" indicates position 0, "01" indicates position 1, "10" and "11" as reserved information bits. Certainly, the meaning of the value of the indication information I 0 may also have other explanations, for example, “10” indicates position 0, “11” indicates position 1, “00” and “01” as reserved information bits; . The above grid position can be represented by a frequency domain offset, that is, “00” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 0, and “01” indicates that the frequency domain offset is half PRB or 6 subcarriers, and the corresponding subcarrier of the PRB or subcarrier. The carrier spacing is the same as the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB grid D 2 . Or "00" represents the frequency domain migration is 0, "01" denotes an offset of a PRB or 12 subcarriers, the subcarriers or subcarriers PRB corresponding to the same PRB grid spacing D corresponds to a sub-carrier interval.
请参考图26,其为本申请实施例提供的另一种PRB网格的示意图。假设PRB网格D 1对应的子载波间隔为参考子载波间隔f 0,且该子载波间隔等于SS的子载波间隔;PRB网格D 2对应的子载波间隔为f 1。如图26所示,以子载波间隔为f 0为15kHz,子载波间隔为f 1为60kHz为例,其中,f 1/f 0=4。此时,PRB网格D 1的一个边界(以图中边界B2为例)可以位于PRB网格D 2的边界(图中以位置0表示),也可以位于PRB网格D 2的PRB的1/4处(图中以位置1表示),还可以位于PRB网格D 2的PRB的中心(图中以位置2表示),或者位于PRB网格D 2的PRB的3/4处(图中以位置3表示)。频域偏移方向可以预定义边界B1从低频域位置向高频域位置偏移或预定义边界B1从高频域位置向低频域位置偏移,或使用1比特指示偏移的方向。 Please refer to FIG. 26 , which is a schematic diagram of another PRB grid provided by an embodiment of the present application. It is assumed that the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB grid D 1 is the reference subcarrier spacing f 0 , and the subcarrier spacing is equal to the subcarrier spacing of the SS; the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB grid D 2 is f 1 . As shown in FIG. 26, the subcarrier spacing is f 0 is 15 kHz, and the subcarrier spacing is f 1 is 60 kHz, where f 1 /f 0 =4. At this time, one boundary of the PRB grid D 1 (taking the boundary B2 in the figure as an example) may be located at the boundary of the PRB grid D 2 (indicated by position 0 in the figure), or may be located in the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 . /4 (indicated by position 1 in the figure), can also be located in the center of the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 (indicated by position 2 in the figure), or at 3/4 of the PRB of the PRB grid D 2 (in the figure) Expressed in position 3). The frequency domain offset direction may be predefined to shift the boundary B1 from the low frequency domain position to the high frequency domain position or the predefined boundary B1 from the high frequency domain position to the low frequency domain position, or use 1 bit to indicate the direction of the offset.
此时可以利用2比特的指示信息I 0来指示该网格位置,例如“00”表示位置0,“01”表示位置1,“10”表示位置2,“11”表示位置3。当然,指示信息I 0的取值含义也可以有其他解释,对此不做限制。以上网格位置可以通过频域偏移来表示,例如,“00”表示频域偏移为0,“01”表示频域偏移为1/4个PRB或3个子载波,“10”表示频域偏移为1/2个PRB或6个子载波,“11”表示频域偏移为3/4个PRB或9个子载波,该PRB或子载波对应的子载波间隔与PRB网格D 2对应的子载波间隔相同。或“00”表示频域偏移为0,“01”表示频域偏移为1个PRB或12个子载波,“10”表示频域偏移为2个PRB或24个子载波,“11”表示频域偏移为3个PRB或36个子载波,该PRB或子载波对应的子载波间隔与PRB网格D 1对应的子载波间隔相同。频域偏移方向可以预定义边界B2从低频域位置向高频域位置偏移或预定义边界B2从高频域位置向低频域位置偏移,或使用1比特指示偏移的方向。 At this time, the grid position can be indicated by the 2-bit indication information I 0 . For example, “00” indicates position 0, “01” indicates position 1, “10” indicates position 2, and “11” indicates position 3. Of course, the meaning of the indication information I 0 can also have other explanations, and no limitation is imposed on this. The above grid position can be represented by a frequency domain offset. For example, "00" indicates that the frequency domain offset is 0, "01" indicates that the frequency domain offset is 1/4 PRB or 3 subcarriers, and "10" indicates frequency. The domain offset is 1/2 PRB or 6 subcarriers, and “11” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 3/4 PRBs or 9 subcarriers, and the corresponding subcarrier spacing of the PRB or subcarrier corresponds to the PRB grid D 2 . The subcarrier spacing is the same. Or "00" indicates that the frequency domain offset is 0, "01" indicates that the frequency domain offset is 1 PRB or 12 subcarriers, "10" indicates that the frequency domain offset is 2 PRBs or 24 subcarriers, and "11" indicates 3 offset frequency domain PRB or 36 subcarriers, the subcarriers or subcarriers PRB corresponding to the same PRB grid spacing D corresponds to a sub-carrier interval. The frequency domain offset direction may pre-define the boundary B2 from the low frequency domain position to the high frequency domain position offset or the predefined boundary B2 from the high frequency domain position to the low frequency domain position, or use 1 bit to indicate the direction of the offset.
此外,以上PRB网格D 1的一个边界相对于SS的中心频率具有一个偏移(如图中所示的offset),该偏移可以为“0”,此时可以使用SS的PRB网格作为PRB网格D 1In addition, one boundary of the above PRB grid D 1 has an offset with respect to the center frequency of the SS (offset as shown in the figure), and the offset may be “0”, and the PRB grid of the SS may be used as the PRB grid D 1 .
可见,在本方案中,指示信息I 0可以用于指示PRB网格D 1和PRB网格D 2之间的相对位置,该相对位置可以是频域偏移或者是PRB网格D 1的一个预设边界在PRB网格D 2上的位置。 It can be seen that, in the present solution, the indication information I 0 can be used to indicate the relative position between the PRB grid D 1 and the PRB grid D 2 , and the relative position can be a frequency domain offset or a PRB grid D 1 The position of the preset boundary on the PRB grid D 2 .
方案二:指示载波频段所支持的最大子载波间隔对应的PRB网格,从而隐式获取PRB网格D 2Solution 2: Instruct the PRB grid corresponding to the maximum subcarrier spacing supported by the carrier frequency band, thereby implicitly acquiring the PRB grid D 2 .
指示信息I 0可以包括2比特信息位,用于指示载波频段所支持的最大子载波间隔对应的PRB网格。比如在低于6GHz的载波中,无论RMSI的子载波是多大,指示信息都用来指示60kHz对应的PRB网格。 The indication information I 0 may include a 2-bit information bit for indicating a PRB grid corresponding to the maximum sub-carrier spacing supported by the carrier frequency band. For example, in a carrier below 6 GHz, no matter how large the subcarrier of the RMSI is, the indication information is used to indicate the PRB grid corresponding to 60 kHz.
如果SS的子载波间隔为15kHz,则PRB网格D 1对应的子载波间隔为15kHz。那么指示信息I 0指示载波频段所支持的最大子载波间隔对应的PRB网格D 2’和PRB网格D 1之间的相对位置,该相对位置可以是频域偏移或者是PRB网格D 1的边界在PRB网格D 2’上的位置。例如,指示信息I 0为“00”表示频域偏移为0,“01”表示频域偏移为1/4个PRB或3个子载波,“10”表示频域偏移为1/2个PRB或6个子载波,“11”表示频域偏移为3/4个PRB或9个子载波,该PRB或子载波对应的子载波间隔为当前载波频段支持的最大子载波间隔(60kHz)。或指示信息I 0为“00”表示频域偏移为0,“01”表示频域偏移为1个PRB或12个子载波,“10”表示频域偏移为2个PRB或24个子载波,“11”表示频域偏移为3个PRB或36个子载波,该PRB或子载波对应的子载波间 隔为SS的子载波间隔。频域偏移方向可以预定义PRB网格D1中边界B2从低频域位置向高频域位置偏移或预定义PRB网格D1中边界B2从高频域位置向低频域位置偏移,或使用1比特指示偏移的方向。 If the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz, the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB grid D 1 is 15 kHz. Then, the indication information I 0 indicates the relative position between the PRB grid D 2 ′ and the PRB grid D 1 corresponding to the maximum subcarrier spacing supported by the carrier frequency band, and the relative position may be a frequency domain offset or a PRB grid D The position of 1 on the PRB grid D 2 '. For example, the indication information I 0 is “00” indicating that the frequency domain offset is 0, “01” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 1/4 PRB or 3 subcarriers, and “10” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 1/2. PRB or 6 subcarriers, "11" indicates that the frequency domain offset is 3/4 PRBs or 9 subcarriers, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB or subcarrier is the maximum subcarrier spacing (60 kHz) supported by the current carrier frequency band. Or the indication information I 0 is “00” indicating that the frequency domain offset is 0, “01” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 1 PRB or 12 subcarriers, and “10” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 2 PRBs or 24 subcarriers. The "11" indicates that the frequency domain offset is 3 PRBs or 36 subcarriers, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB or subcarrier is the subcarrier spacing of the SS. The frequency domain offset direction may pre-define the boundary B2 of the PRB grid D1 from the low frequency domain position to the high frequency domain positional offset or the boundary of the predefined PRB grid D1 from the high frequency domain position to the low frequency domain position, or use 1 bit indicates the direction of the offset.
如果SS的子载波间隔为30kHz,则PRB网格D 1对应的子载波间隔为30kHz。那么指示信息I 0指示载波频段所支持的最大子载波间隔对应的PRB网格D 2”和PRB网格D 1之间的相对位置,该相对位置可以是频域偏移或者是PRB网格D 1的边界在PRB网格D 2”上的位置。例如,指示信息I 0为“00”表示频域偏移为0,“01”表示频域偏移为半个PRB或6个子载波,该PRB或子载波对应的子载波间隔为当前载波频段支持的最大子载波间隔(60kHz)。或指示信息I 0为“00”表示频域偏移为0,“01”表示偏移为1个PRB或12个子载波,该PRB或子载波对应的子载波间隔与SS的子载波间隔相同。频域偏移方向可以预定义PRB网格D1中边界B1从低频域位置向高频域位置偏移或预定义PRB网格D1中边界B1从高频域位置向低频域位置偏移,或使用1比特指示偏移的方向。 If the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 30 kHz, the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB grid D 1 is 30 kHz. Then, the indication information I 0 indicates the relative position between the PRB grid D 2 ′′ corresponding to the maximum subcarrier spacing supported by the carrier frequency band and the PRB grid D 1 , and the relative position may be a frequency domain offset or a PRB grid D The position of 1 on the PRB grid D 2 ”. For example, the indication information I 0 is “00” indicating that the frequency domain offset is 0, “01” indicates that the frequency domain offset is half PRB or 6 subcarriers, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB or subcarrier is the current carrier frequency band support. Maximum subcarrier spacing (60kHz). Or the indication information I 0 is “00” indicating that the frequency domain offset is 0, “01” indicates that the offset is 1 PRB or 12 subcarriers, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB or the subcarrier is the same as the subcarrier spacing of the SS. The frequency domain offset direction may pre-define the boundary B1 of the PRB grid D1 from the low frequency domain position to the high frequency domain position offset or the boundary B1 of the predefined PRB grid D1 from the high frequency domain position to the low frequency domain position, or use 1 bit indicates the direction of the offset.
以上指示信息I 0的取值含义也可以有其他解释,对此不做限制。 The meaning of the above indication information I 0 may also have other explanations, and no limitation is imposed thereon.
当确定了当前载波频段所支持的最大子载波间隔对应的PRB网格时,可以根据图11所示的不同子载波间隔之间的嵌套关系,确定PRB网格D 2When the PRB grid corresponding to the maximum subcarrier spacing supported by the current carrier frequency band is determined, the PRB grid D 2 may be determined according to the nesting relationship between different subcarrier spacings shown in FIG.
可见,本方案中,指示信息I 0可以用于指示载波频段所支持的最大子载波间隔对应的PRB网格。例如,指示PRB网格D 1和载波频段所支持的最大子载波间隔对应的PRB网格之间的相对位置,该相对位置可以是频域偏移或者是PRB网格D 1的一个预设边界在载波频段所支持的最大子载波间隔对应的PRB网格上的位置。 It can be seen that, in this solution, the indication information I 0 can be used to indicate a PRB grid corresponding to the maximum subcarrier spacing supported by the carrier frequency band. For example, indicating a relative position between the PRB grid D 1 and the PRB grid corresponding to the maximum subcarrier spacing supported by the carrier frequency band, the relative position may be a frequency domain offset or a preset boundary of the PRB grid D 1 The position on the PRB grid corresponding to the maximum subcarrier spacing supported by the carrier band.
方案三:指示PRB网格D 1和PRB网格D 2之间的相对位置 Scheme 3: indicating the relative position between the PRB grid D 1 and the PRB grid D 2
在初始接入过程中,RMSI用于终端接入载波,此时,RMSI的子载波间隔被所有终端支持。在低于6GHz的频段下,60kHz的子载波间隔可能不适用于所有终端,RMSI的候选子载波间隔可以只有15kHz或30kHz,此时,可以在PBCH上发送1bit的第二指示信息I 0,以指示RMSI的子载波间隔对应的PRB网格。 In the initial access procedure, the RMSI is used for the terminal to access the carrier. At this time, the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI is supported by all terminals. In the frequency band below 6 GHz, the subcarrier spacing of 60 kHz may not be applicable to all terminals, and the candidate subcarrier spacing of the RMSI may be only 15 kHz or 30 kHz. In this case, the second indication information I 0 of 1 bit may be transmitted on the PBCH to Indicates the PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI.
例如,指示信息I 0为“0”表示频域偏移为0,“1”表示偏移半个PRB或6个子载波,该PRB或子载波对应的子载波间隔为RMSI的子载波间隔。或指示信息I 0为“0”表示频域偏移为0,“1”表示频域偏移为1个PRB或12个子载波,该PRB或子载波间隔与SS的子载波间隔相同。频域偏移方向可以预定义PRB网格D1中边界B1或B2从低频域位置向高频域位置偏移或预定义PRB网格D1中边界B1或B2从高频域位置向低频域位置偏移,或使用1比特指示偏移的方向。 For example, the indication information I 0 is “0” indicating that the frequency domain offset is 0, “1” indicates that the half PRB or the 6 subcarriers are offset, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB or the subcarrier is the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI. Or the indication information I 0 is “0” indicating that the frequency domain offset is 0, and “1” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 1 PRB or 12 subcarriers, and the PRB or subcarrier spacing is the same as the subcarrier spacing of the SS. The frequency domain offset direction may pre-define the boundary B1 or B2 in the PRB grid D1 from the low-frequency domain position to the high-frequency domain positional offset or the boundary B1 or B2 in the predefined PRB grid D1 from the high-frequency domain position to the low-frequency domain position Shift, or use 1 bit to indicate the direction of the offset.
以上指示信息I 0的取值含义也可以有其他解释,对此不做限制。 The meaning of the above indication information I 0 may also have other explanations, and no limitation is imposed thereon.
可见,在本方案中,RMSI的候选子载波间隔为两个,且指示信息I 0包括1bit信息位,可以用于指示PRB网格D 1和PRB网格D 2之间的相对位置,该相对位置可以是频域偏移或者是PRB网格D 1的一个预设边界在PRB网格D 2上的位置。 It can be seen that in the present scheme, the candidate subcarrier spacing of the RMSI is two, and the indication information I 0 includes a 1-bit information bit, which can be used to indicate the relative position between the PRB grid D 1 and the PRB grid D 2 , the relative position may be a position offset in the frequency domain or grid PRB 1 D a predetermined boundary in a grid PRB of D 2.
方案四:联合指示RMSI子载波间隔和RMSI的PRB网格。Option 4: Joint PRB Grid indicating RMSI subcarrier spacing and RMSI.
在初始接入过程中,RMSI用于终端接入载波,此时,RMSI的子载波间隔被所有终端支持,在低于6GHz的频段下,60kHz的子载波间隔可能不适用于所有终端,RMSI的候选子载波间隔只有15kHz或30kHz。此时,可以在PBCH上发送2bit的指示信息 I 0,以指示RMSI的子载波间隔和RMSI的PRB网格。 In the initial access process, the RMSI is used for the terminal to access the carrier. At this time, the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI is supported by all terminals. In the frequency band below 6 GHz, the subcarrier spacing of 60 kHz may not be applicable to all terminals, RMSI The candidate subcarrier spacing is only 15 kHz or 30 kHz. At this time, 2 bits of indication information I 0 may be transmitted on the PBCH to indicate the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI and the PRB grid of the RMSI.
当SS的子载波间隔S 1为15kHz时,RMSI的子载波间隔为S 2,指示信息I 0各个取值的含义可以如下表3所示: When the subcarrier spacing S 1 of the SS is 15 kHz, the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI is S 2 , and the meaning of each value of the indication information I 0 can be as shown in Table 3 below:
表3table 3
I 0 I 0 S2S2
0000 15kHz15kHz
0101 30kHz且网格边界为候选位置130kHz and the grid boundary is candidate position 1
1010 30kHz且网格边界为候选位置230kHz and the grid boundary is candidate position 2
1111 ReservedReserved
表格中候选位置可以如图25(1)所示,分别为位置0和位置1。候选位置1可以是位置0,候选位置2可以是位置1;也可以反过来。The candidate positions in the table can be position 0 and position 1 as shown in Fig. 25(1). Candidate position 1 can be position 0, and candidate position 2 can be position 1; it can also be reversed.
以上位置还可以用频域偏移来表示,如下表4所示:The above locations can also be represented by frequency domain offsets, as shown in Table 4 below:
表4Table 4
I 0 I 0 S2S2
0000 15kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S1)15kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S1)
0101 30kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S1)30kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S1)
1010 30kHz,偏移1个PRB(子载波间隔为S1)30kHz, offset by 1 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S1)
1111 ReservedReserved
或如下表5所示:Or as shown in Table 5 below:
表5table 5
I 0 I 0 S2S2
0000 15kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)15kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
0101 30kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)30kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
1010 30kHz,偏移1/2个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)30kHz, offset 1/2 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
1111 ReservedReserved
当SS的子载波间隔S 1为30kHz时,RMSI的子载波间隔为S 2。当RMSI的子载波间隔S 2小于SS的子载波间隔S 1时,可以根据图11所示的嵌套关系,获得RMSI的PRB网格。此时,指示信息I 0可以仅用于指示子载波间隔,指示信息I 0各个取值的含义可以如下表6所示: When the subcarrier spacing S 1 of the SS is 30 kHz, the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI is S 2 . When the subcarrier spacing S 2 of the RMSI is smaller than the subcarrier spacing S 1 of the SS, the PRB grid of the RMSI can be obtained according to the nesting relationship shown in FIG. At this time, the indication information I 0 may be used only to indicate the subcarrier spacing, and the meaning of each value of the indication information I 0 may be as shown in Table 6 below:
表6Table 6
I 0 I 0 S2S2
0000 15kHz15kHz
0101 30kHz 30kHz
1010 ReservedReserved
1111 ReservedReserved
以上位置可以用频域偏移来表示,如下表7或表8所示:由于此时偏移的PRB个数为0,因此指示信息I 0可以仅用于指示子载波间隔。 The above location may be represented by a frequency domain offset, as shown in Table 7 or Table 8 below: since the number of PRBs offset at this time is 0, the indication information I 0 may be used only to indicate the subcarrier spacing.
表7Table 7
I 0 I 0 S2S2
0000 15kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S1)15kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S1)
0101 30kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S1)30kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S1)
1010 ReservedReserved
1111 ReservedReserved
表8Table 8
I 0 I 0 S2S2
0000 15kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)15kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
0101 30kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)30kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
1010 ReservedReserved
1111 ReservedReserved
表格中的偏移是PRB网格D 1中的边界B1或B2向RPB网格D 2的偏移,频域偏移方向可以预定义从低频域位置向高频域位置偏移或预定义从高频域位置向低频域位置偏移,或使用1比特指示偏移的方向,偏移的单位也可以为子载波个数,一个PRB对应12个子载波。 The offset in the table is the offset of the boundary B1 or B2 in the PRB grid D 1 to the RPB grid D 2 , and the frequency domain offset direction can be predefined from the low frequency domain position to the high frequency domain position offset or predefined from The high frequency domain position is shifted to the low frequency domain position, or 1 bit is used to indicate the direction of the offset. The unit of the offset may also be the number of subcarriers, and one PRB corresponds to 12 subcarriers.
可见,在本方案中,RMSI的候选子载波间隔为两个,且指示信息I 0包括2bit信息位,可以用于指示RMSI的子载波间隔,或者用于指示RMSI的子载波间隔和PRB网格D 1和PRB网格D 2之间的相对位置,该相对位置可以是频域偏移或者是PRB网格D 1的一个预设边界在PRB网格D 2上的位置。 It can be seen that in the present scheme, the candidate subcarrier spacing of the RMSI is two, and the indication information I 0 includes a 2-bit information bit, which can be used to indicate the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI, or to indicate the subcarrier spacing and the PRB grid of the RMSI. 2 the relative position between D 1 and D PRB grid, this relative position may be offset in the frequency domain or grid PRB D 1 a predetermined position on the boundary of the grid PRB of D 2.
方案五:联合指示RMSI子载波间隔和RMSI的PRB网格。Option 5: Joint PRB Grid indicating RMSI subcarrier spacing and RMSI.
与方案四的区别在于,不限制RMSI的候选子载波间隔。此时,指示信息I 0包括3bit信息位,用于指示RMSI的子载波间隔和PRB网格D 1和PRB网格D 2之间的相对位置,该相对位置可以是频域偏移或者是PRB网格D 1的一个预设边界在PRB网格D 2上的位置。 The difference from scheme 4 is that the candidate subcarrier spacing of the RMSI is not limited. At this time, the indication information I 0 includes a 3-bit information bit for indicating the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI and the relative position between the PRB grid D 1 and the PRB grid D 2 , which may be a frequency domain offset or a PRB. The position of a preset boundary of the grid D 1 on the PRB grid D 2 .
对于不同的SS的子载波间隔S 1,指示信息I 0的取值的解释是不同。当S 1为15kHz时,指示信息I 0的含义如下表9所示: For the subcarrier spacing S 1 of different SSs, the interpretation of the value of the indication information I 0 is different. When S 1 is 15 kHz, the meaning of the indication information I 0 is as shown in Table 9 below:
表9Table 9
I 0 I 0 S2S2
000000 15kHz15kHz
001001 30kHz且网格边界为候选位置030kHz and the grid boundary is the candidate position 0
010010 30kHz且网格边界为候选位置130kHz and the grid boundary is candidate position 1
011011 60kHz且网格边界为候选位置060 kHz and the grid boundary is the candidate position 0
100100 60kHz且网格边界为候选位置160 kHz and the grid boundary is the candidate position 1
101101 60kHz且网格边界为候选位置260 kHz and grid boundary is candidate position 2
110110 60kHz且网格边界为候选位置360 kHz and the grid boundary is the candidate position 3
111111 ReservedReserved
表格中S 2为30kHz的候选位置可以如图25(1)所示,分别为位置0和位置1。候选位置0可以是位置0,候选位置1可以是位置1;也可以反过来。以及表格中S 2为60kHz的候选位置可以如图26所示,分别为位置0-3。候选位置0可以是位置0,候选位置1可以是位置1;候选位置2可以是位置2,候选位置3可以是位置3。当然候选位置0-3也可以以其它形式对于图26中的位置0-3,本申请不做限制。 The candidate positions in the table where S 2 is 30 kHz can be as shown in Fig. 25 (1), which are position 0 and position 1, respectively. Candidate position 0 can be position 0, candidate position 1 can be position 1; vice versa. And the candidate positions in the table where S 2 is 60 kHz can be as shown in Fig. 26, which are positions 0-3. Candidate position 0 can be position 0, candidate position 1 can be position 1; candidate position 2 can be position 2, and candidate position 3 can be position 3. Of course, candidate positions 0-3 may also be in other forms for positions 0-3 in FIG. 26, and the application is not limited.
以上位置可以用频域偏移来表示,例如如下表10或表11所示:The above locations can be represented by frequency domain offsets, as shown in Table 10 or Table 11 below:
表10Table 10
Figure PCTCN2018100072-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2018100072-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2018100072-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2018100072-appb-000003
表11Table 11
I 0 I 0 S2S2
000000 15kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)15kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
001001 30kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)30kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
010010 30kHz,偏移1/2个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)30kHz, offset 1/2 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
011011 60kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)60kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
100100 60kHz,偏移1/4个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)60kHz, offset by 1/4 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
101101 60kHz,偏移1/2个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)60kHz, offset 1/2 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
110110 60kHz,偏移3/4个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)60kHz, offset 3/4 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
111111 ReservedReserved
当S 1为30kHz时,指示信息I 0的含义如下表12所示: When S 1 is 30 kHz, the meaning of the indication information I 0 is as shown in Table 12 below:
表12Table 12
I 0 I 0 S2S2
000000 15kHz15kHz
001001 30kHz30kHz
010010 60kHz且网格边界为候选位置160 kHz and the grid boundary is the candidate position 1
011011 60kHz且网格边界为候选位置260 kHz and grid boundary is candidate position 2
100100 ReservedReserved
101101 Reserved Reserved
110110 ReservedReserved
111111 ReservedReserved
表格中S 2为60kHz的候选位置可以如图25(2)所示,分别为位置0和位置1。候选位置1可以是位置0,候选位置2可以是位置1;也可以反过来。 The candidate positions in the table where S 2 is 60 kHz can be as shown in Fig. 25 (2), which are position 0 and position 1, respectively. Candidate position 1 can be position 0, and candidate position 2 can be position 1; it can also be reversed.
以上位置可以用频域偏移来表示,例如如下表13或14所示:The above locations can be represented by frequency domain offsets, as shown in Table 13 or 14 below:
表13Table 13
I 0 I 0 S2S2
000000 15kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S1)15kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S1)
001001 30kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S1)30kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S1)
010010 60kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S1)60kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S1)
011011 60kHz,偏移1个PRB(子载波间隔为S1)60kHz, offset by 1 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S1)
100100 ReservedReserved
101101 Reserved Reserved
110110 ReservedReserved
111111 ReservedReserved
表14Table 14
I 0 I 0 S2S2
000000 15kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)15kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
001001 30kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)30kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
010010 60kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)60kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
011011 60kHz,偏移1/2个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)60kHz, offset 1/2 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
100100 ReservedReserved
101101 Reserved Reserved
110110 ReservedReserved
111111 ReservedReserved
表格中的偏移是PRB网格D 1中边界B1或B2向RPB网格D 2的偏移,频域偏移方向可以预定义从低频域位置向高频域位置偏移或预定义从高频域位置向低频域位置偏移,或使用1比特指示偏移的方向,偏移的单位也可以为子载波个数,一个PRB对应12个子载波。 The offset in the table is the offset of the boundary B1 or B2 in the PRB grid D 1 to the RPB grid D 2 , and the frequency domain offset direction can be predefined from the low frequency domain position to the high frequency domain position offset or predefined from the high The frequency domain position is shifted to the low frequency domain position, or 1 bit is used to indicate the direction of the offset. The unit of the offset may also be the number of subcarriers, and one PRB corresponds to 12 subcarriers.
方案六:限制RMSI的子载波间隔,不增加额外比特,复用RMSI的指示信息指示RMSI的PRB网格。Scheme 6: Limiting the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI without adding extra bits, the indication of multiplexing the RMSI indicates the PRB grid of the RMSI.
RMSI的指示信息用于指示RMSI的子载波间隔。不同载波频段支持的子载波间隔的集合是有限的,比如在低于6GHz的载波频段上,支持{15,30,60}kHz,高于6GHz的载波频段上,支持{120,240}kHz。因此网络设备向终端设备指示RMSI的子载波间隔S 2的时候,使用2比特信息位就可以满足需求。本方案通过限制子载波间隔S 2的候选集合,在不增加比特位的情况下通知终端数据子载波间隔S 2对应的PRB网格D 2The indication information of the RMSI is used to indicate the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI. The set of subcarrier spacing supported by different carrier frequency bands is limited. For example, in the carrier frequency band below 6 GHz, {15, 30, 60} kHz is supported, and on the carrier frequency band higher than 6 GHz, {120, 240} kHz is supported. Therefore, when the network device indicates the subcarrier spacing S 2 of the RMSI to the terminal device, the requirement can be satisfied by using the 2-bit information bit. This scheme S 2 by limiting the candidate subcarrier spacing set, the terminal notifies the data subcarrier spacing S 2 corresponding to the grid D 2 PRB without increasing the bit.
当SS的子载波间隔S 1为15kHz时,限定S 2的候选子载波间隔集合为{15,30}kHz,那么网络设备在PBCH中向终端发送指示信息I 0,终端根据子载波间隔S1对应的PRB网格D 1和指示信息I 0确定子载波间隔S 2对应的PRB网格D 2。指示信息I 0具体的比特位信息如下表15所示: When the subcarrier spacing S 1 of the SS is 15 kHz, the candidate subcarrier spacing set defining S 2 is {15, 30} kHz, then the network device sends the indication information I 0 to the terminal in the PBCH, and the terminal corresponds to the subcarrier spacing S1. PRB of D 1 and the grid information indicating a subcarrier spacing I 0 S 2 determines a PRB corresponding to the grid D 2. The specific bit information of the indication information I 0 is as shown in Table 15 below:
表15Table 15
I 0 I 0 S2S2
0000 15kHz15kHz
0101 30kHz且网格边界为候选位置130kHz and the grid boundary is candidate position 1
1010 30kHz且网格边界为候选位置230kHz and the grid boundary is candidate position 2
1111 ReservedReserved
表格中S 2为30kHz的候选位置可以如图25(1)所示,分别为位置0和位置1。候选位置1可以是位置0,候选位置2可以是位置1;也可以反过来。 The candidate positions in the table where S 2 is 30 kHz can be as shown in Fig. 25 (1), which are position 0 and position 1, respectively. Candidate position 1 can be position 0, and candidate position 2 can be position 1; it can also be reversed.
以上位置可以用频域偏移来表示,例如如下表16或17所示:The above locations can be represented by frequency domain offsets, as shown in Table 16 or 17 below:
表16Table 16
I 0 I 0 S2S2
0000 15kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S1)15kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S1)
0101 30kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S1)30kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S1)
1010 30kHz,偏移1个PRB(子载波间隔为S1)30kHz, offset by 1 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S1)
1111 ReservedReserved
表17Table 17
I 0 I 0 S2S2
0000 15kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)15kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
0101 30kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)30kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
1010 30kHz,偏移1/2个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)30kHz, offset 1/2 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
1111 ReservedReserved
当SS块的子载波间隔S 1为30kHz时,指示信息I 0具体的比特位信息如下表18所示: When the subcarrier spacing S 1 of the SS block is 30 kHz, the specific bit information of the indication information I 0 is as shown in Table 18 below:
表18Table 18
I 0 I 0 S2S2
0000 15kHz15kHz
0101 30kHz 30kHz
1010 60kHz且网格边界为候选位置160 kHz and the grid boundary is the candidate position 1
1111 60kHz且网格边界为候选位置260 kHz and grid boundary is candidate position 2
表格中S 2为60kHz的候选位置可以如图25(2)所示,分别为位置0和位置1。候选位置1可以是位置0,候选位置2可以是位置1;也可以反过来。 The candidate positions in the table where S 2 is 60 kHz can be as shown in Fig. 25 (2), which are position 0 and position 1, respectively. Candidate position 1 can be position 0, and candidate position 2 can be position 1; it can also be reversed.
以上位置可以用频域偏移来表示,如下表19或20所示:The above locations can be represented by frequency domain offsets, as shown in Table 19 or 20 below:
表19Table 19
I 0 I 0 S2S2
0000 15kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S1)15kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S1)
0101 30kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S1)30kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S1)
1010 60kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S1)60kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S1)
1111 60kHz,偏移1个PRB(子载波间隔为S1)60kHz, offset by 1 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S1)
表20Table 20
I 0 I 0 S2S2
0000 15kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)15kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
0101 30kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)30kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
1010 60kHz,偏移0个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)60kHz, offset 0 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
1111 60kHz,偏移1/2个PRB(子载波间隔为S2)60kHz, offset 1/2 PRB (subcarrier spacing is S2)
表格中的偏移是PRB网格D 1(对应子载波间隔S 1)中的边界B1或B2向RPB网格D 2(对应子载波间隔S 2)的偏移,频域偏移方向可以预定义从低频域位置向高频域位置偏移或预定义从高频域位置向低频域位置偏移,或使用1比特指示偏移的方向,偏移的单位也可以为子载波个数,一个PRB对应12个子载波。 The offset in the table is the offset of the boundary B1 or B2 in the PRB grid D 1 (corresponding to the subcarrier spacing S 1 ) to the RPB grid D 2 (corresponding to the subcarrier spacing S 2 ), and the frequency domain offset direction can be pre- Defining the offset from the low frequency domain position to the high frequency domain position or pre-defining from the high frequency domain position to the low frequency domain position, or using 1 bit to indicate the direction of the offset, the unit of the offset may also be the number of subcarriers, one The PRB corresponds to 12 subcarriers.
可选的,网络设备可以在RMSI或RRC消息中通知载波频段所支持的最大子载波间隔对应的PRB网格。Optionally, the network device may notify the PRB grid corresponding to the maximum subcarrier spacing supported by the carrier frequency band in the RMSI or RRC message.
终端在接收RMSI后,网络设备可以在RMSI中或者高层信令,比如RRC消息,中发送指示信息,用于指示至少一个载波频段下支持的最大子载波间隔S 3对应的PRB网格,该子载波间隔可以为用于发送数据和/或控制信息的子载波间隔。比如在低于6GHz的频段下,指示60kHz的PRB网格;在高于6GHz的频段下,则不需要指示,因为在高于6GHz的频段下,SS的候选子载波间隔为{120,240}kHz,用于数据和/或控制信息的子载波间隔候选集合为{60,120}kHz,用于数据和/或控制信息的子载波间隔不大于SS的子载波间隔。 After receiving RMSI terminal, a network device may in RMSI or higher layer signaling, such as RRC message, sending indication information indicating at least a maximum support of the sub-carrier frequency of one carrier spacing S 3 corresponding to PRB grid, the sub The carrier spacing can be a subcarrier spacing for transmitting data and/or control information. For example, in a frequency band below 6 GHz, a PRB grid of 60 kHz is indicated; in a frequency band higher than 6 GHz, no indication is needed, because in a frequency band higher than 6 GHz, the candidate subcarrier spacing of the SS is {120, 240} kHz, The set of subcarrier spacing candidates for data and/or control information is {60, 120} kHz, and the subcarrier spacing for data and/or control information is not greater than the subcarrier spacing of the SS.
该指示信息指示了子载波间隔S 3对应的PRB网格与已知PRB网格之间的频域偏移,该已知PRB网格可以为子载波间隔S 1对应的PRB网格,子载波间隔S 1可以为SS的子载波间隔或者,可以为与SS子载波间隔相同的用于数据和/或控制信息传输的子载波间隔;或者该已知PRB网格可以为RMSI的子载波间隔对应的PRB网格,或其它已知子载波间隔对应的PRB网格,该已知是指网络设备和终端理解一致。 The indication information indicates a frequency domain offset between the PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing S 3 and the known PRB grid, and the known PRB grid may be a PRB grid corresponding to the subcarrier spacing S 1 , the subcarrier The interval S 1 may be a subcarrier spacing of the SS or may be the same subcarrier spacing for data and/or control information transmission as the SS subcarrier spacing; or the known PRB grid may be a subcarrier spacing corresponding to the RMSI The PRB grid, or other PRB grid corresponding to the known subcarrier spacing, is known to mean that the network device and the terminal understand.
可选的,该指示信息可以包括2bit信息位,即可以使用2比特信息位来指示载波频段所支持的最大子载波间隔对应的PRB网格。比如预定义已知的PRB网格为与SS子载波间隔相同的用于数据传输的子载波间隔的RPB网格,如果SS的子载波间隔为15kHz,那么“00”表示频域偏移为0,“01”表示频域偏移为1/4个PRB或3个子载波,“10”表示频域偏移为1/2个PRB或6个子载波,“11”表示频域偏移为3/4个PRB或9个子载波,该PRB或子载波对应的子载波间隔为当前载波频段支持的最大子载波间隔。或“00”表示频域偏移为0,“01”表示频域偏移为1个PRB或12个子载波,“10”表示频域偏移为2个PRB或24个子载波,“11”表示频域偏移为3个PRB或36个子载波, 该PRB或子载波对应的子载波间隔为SS的子载波间隔。Optionally, the indication information may include a 2-bit information bit, that is, a 2-bit information bit may be used to indicate a PRB grid corresponding to a maximum sub-carrier spacing supported by the carrier frequency band. For example, the predefined known PRB grid is an RPB grid with the same subcarrier spacing for data transmission as the SS subcarrier spacing. If the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz, then “00” indicates that the frequency domain offset is 0. "01" indicates that the frequency domain offset is 1/4 PRB or 3 subcarriers, "10" indicates that the frequency domain offset is 1/2 PRB or 6 subcarriers, and "11" indicates that the frequency domain offset is 3/. 4 PRBs or 9 subcarriers, the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB or subcarrier is the maximum subcarrier spacing supported by the current carrier frequency band. Or "00" indicates that the frequency domain offset is 0, "01" indicates that the frequency domain offset is 1 PRB or 12 subcarriers, "10" indicates that the frequency domain offset is 2 PRBs or 24 subcarriers, and "11" indicates The frequency domain offset is 3 PRBs or 36 subcarriers, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB or subcarrier is the subcarrier spacing of the SS.
如果SS的子载波间隔为30kHz,那么“00”表示频域偏移为0,“01”表示频域偏移为半个PRB或6个子载波,该PRB或子载波对应的子载波间隔为当前载波频段支持的最大子载波间隔。或“00”表示频域偏移为0,“01”表示偏移为1个PRB或12个子载波,该PRB或子载波对应的子载波间隔与SS的子载波间隔相同。If the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 30 kHz, then "00" indicates that the frequency domain offset is 0, and "01" indicates that the frequency domain offset is half PRB or 6 subcarriers, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB or subcarrier is current. The maximum subcarrier spacing supported by the carrier band. Or "00" indicates that the frequency domain offset is 0, and "01" indicates that the offset is 1 PRB or 12 subcarriers, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB or subcarrier is the same as the subcarrier spacing of the SS.
频域偏移方向可以预定义子载波间隔S 1对应的PRB网格中一个预设边界位置从低频域位置向高频域位置偏移或预定义子载波间隔S 1对应的PRB网格中一个预设边界位置从高频域位置向低频域位置偏移,或使用1比特指示偏移的方向。 Frequency domain offset direction may be predefined subcarrier spacing S 1 PRB corresponding to a predetermined grid or a predetermined boundary position shifted from the low frequency to the high frequency domain position-domain position sense subcarrier spacing S 1 PRB corresponding to a grid The preset boundary position is shifted from the high frequency domain position to the low frequency domain position, or 1 bit is used to indicate the direction of the offset.
以上方案中,SS的子载波间隔即为SS块的子载波间隔。In the above solution, the subcarrier spacing of the SS is the subcarrier spacing of the SS block.
可选的,上述方案中预设的边界,可以为SS块中心频率向低频域位置或高频域位置偏移一定子载波个数后与SS块子载波间隔对应的数据和/或控制的PRB网格对齐的边界,如图25中的B1和图26中的B2。Optionally, the preset boundary in the foregoing solution may be a data and/or a controlled PRB corresponding to the SS block subcarrier spacing after the SS block center frequency is shifted to the low frequency domain position or the high frequency domain position by a certain number of subcarriers. The boundaries of the grid alignment are B1 in Figure 25 and B2 in Figure 26.
请参考图15,其为本申请实施例提供的一种终端初始接入网络的示意图。如图15所示,终端初始接入网络的过程包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 15 , which is a schematic diagram of an initial access network of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 15, the process of the terminal initially accessing the network includes the following steps:
S151:网络设备发送SS块,该SS块包括SS和PBCH。即,网络设备发送SS并在PBCH上广播信息。S151: The network device sends an SS block, where the SS block includes an SS and a PBCH. That is, the network device transmits the SS and broadcasts the information on the PBCH.
S152:终端检测SS,当检测到SS时,根据SS的中心频率和SS的子载波间隔确定PBCH的频域位置。例如,以SS的中心频率为中心的24个PRB为该PBCH的频域位置,该PRB对应到子载波间隔为SS的子载波间隔。如此,终端可以在PBCH的频域位置接收PBCH上的信息。S152: The terminal detects the SS. When the SS is detected, the frequency domain position of the PBCH is determined according to the center frequency of the SS and the subcarrier spacing of the SS. For example, 24 PRBs centered on the center frequency of the SS are frequency domain locations of the PBCH, and the PRBs correspond to subcarrier spacings where the subcarrier spacing is SS. In this way, the terminal can receive information on the PBCH in the frequency domain location of the PBCH.
S154:网络设备发送RMSI。S154: The network device sends the RMSI.
S155:终端接收RMSI,其中PBCH上的信息包括RMSI的调度信息的频域位置的信息,终端可以根据PBCH上的信息确定RMSI的调度信息的频域位置,进而根据该频域位置接收RMSI的调度信息。RMSI的调度信息用于指示RMSI所在的频域位置,终端根据RMSI的调度信息接收RMSI。S155: The terminal receives the RMSI, where the information on the PBCH includes the information of the frequency domain location of the scheduling information of the RMSI, and the terminal may determine the frequency domain location of the scheduling information of the RMSI according to the information on the PBCH, and then receive the scheduling of the RMSI according to the frequency domain location. information. The scheduling information of the RMSI is used to indicate the frequency domain location where the RMSI is located, and the terminal receives the RMSI according to the scheduling information of the RMSI.
该PBCH上的信息包括下行控制信道的资源信息,下行控制信道的资源例如为控制资源集(control resource set,CORESET)。该资源信息可以为频域指示信息,用于指示CORESET的频域位置。例如,该资源信息包括CORESET偏移指示信息和CORESET的大小。该CORESET偏移指示信息用于指示CORESET相对于参考点的频域偏移,参考点可以为SS(或SS block)的最低,中心,或最高频域位置,该CORESET偏移值是CORESET的最低,中心,或最高频域位置相对于参考点的频域偏移值。CORESET用于终端盲检测控制信息,例如,物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)上承载的信息,该PDCCH包括公共搜索空间,该公共搜索空间用于承载公共信息,例如包括RMSI的调度信息。终端获取到CORESET的位置,进而根据该CORESET的位置检测下行控制信息,获取到RMSI的调度信息;根据RMSI的调度信息获知RMSI所在的资源位置,进而接收RMSI。RMSI包括随机接入的资源信息,终端接收RMSI之后,即可以开始随机接入过程(S156)。The information on the PBCH includes resource information of the downlink control channel, and the resource of the downlink control channel is, for example, a control resource set (CORESET). The resource information may be frequency domain indication information for indicating a frequency domain location of the CORESET. For example, the resource information includes CORESET offset indication information and a size of CORESET. The CORESET offset indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain offset of the CORESET relative to the reference point, and the reference point may be a lowest, center, or highest frequency domain position of the SS (or SS block), the CORESET offset value being CORESET The frequency domain offset value of the lowest, center, or highest frequency domain position relative to the reference point. The CORESET is used for terminal blind detection control information, for example, information carried on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), where the PDCCH includes a common search space for carrying public information, for example, scheduling including RMSI. information. The terminal acquires the location of the CORESET, and then detects the downlink control information according to the location of the CORESET, acquires the scheduling information of the RMSI, and obtains the resource location where the RMSI is located according to the scheduling information of the RMSI, thereby receiving the RMSI. The RMSI includes resource information of random access, and after the terminal receives the RMSI, the random access procedure can be started (S156).
在以上过程中,如果在PBCH中RMSI的调度信息的频域位置的信息为偏移的PRB个数,该PRB对应的子载波间隔为SS的子载波间隔,则可以通过这种方式隐式的获取 CORESET的最低频域位置是与该CORESET对应的PRB网格边界对齐的。In the above process, if the information of the frequency domain location of the scheduling information of the RMSI in the PBCH is the number of offset PRBs, and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the PRB is the subcarrier spacing of the SS, it may be implicitly in this manner. The lowest frequency domain position for obtaining CORESET is aligned with the PRB grid boundary corresponding to the CORESET.
比如在初始接入的过程中RMSI的子载波间隔为30kHz,SS的子载波间隔为15kHz,那么在指示CORESET的频域位置时,以15kHz的PRB为粒度,指示CORESET的中心频率位置与SS的中心频率位置之间的偏移值为7个PRB,CORESET的大小为10个PRB。那么终端可以认为CORESET的10个PRB的最低频域位置是与30kHz的PRB网格边界对齐的。For example, in the initial access process, the subcarrier spacing of the RMSI is 30 kHz, and the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz. When the frequency domain position of the CORESET is indicated, the PRB of the 15 kHz is used as the granularity, indicating the center frequency position of the CORESET and the SS. The offset between the center frequency positions is 7 PRBs and the size of the CORESET is 10 PRBs. Then the terminal can think that the lowest frequency domain position of the 10 PRBs of CORESET is aligned with the 30 kHz PRB grid boundary.
NR通信系统中引入了宽带载波(wider BW CC,又称为wideband CC)的概念,宽带载波为载波带宽(bandwidth,BW)大于或等于预设带宽的载波,该预设带宽例如为100MHz。宽带载波上可以允许不同的终端通过不同的SS(或SS块)接入到该载波上,这里不同的SS是指频域位置上的不同,即在不同的频域位置发送的SS。也就是说在宽带载波上,网络设备可以发送多个SS块,每个SS块中的SS可以允许一个或多个终端接入到该载波上,不同终端可以通过不同的SS块中的SS接入到该载波上。此时,将存在不同终端在确定PBCH的资源时PRB的网格不对齐的情况。The concept of a wideband carrier (wideband BW CC, also known as a wideband CC) is introduced in the NR communication system. The broadband carrier is a carrier whose carrier bandwidth (BW) is greater than or equal to a preset bandwidth, for example, 100 MHz. The wideband carrier can allow different terminals to access the carrier through different SSs (or SS blocks), where different SSs refer to different frequency domain locations, that is, SSs transmitted in different frequency domain locations. That is to say, on the broadband carrier, the network device can send multiple SS blocks, and the SS in each SS block can allow one or more terminals to access the carrier, and different terminals can be connected through SS in different SS blocks. Go to this carrier. At this time, there will be a case where the grids of the PRBs are not aligned when the different terminals determine the resources of the PBCH.
请参考图16,其本申请实施例提供的一种宽带载波上传输不同SS的示意图。假设在位置161发送第一SS,在位置162发送第二SS,位置162与PRB网格的边界不对齐,因此对于在位置162处检测到SS的终端,其对PRB网格的理解与在位置161检测到SS的终端对PRB网格的理解不一致,如此无法保证通过不同SS的接入该载波的终端都接入该载波,例如在位置162检测到SS的终端无法准确确定PBCH的资源位置,从而无法接入该载波。下面以图17所示的情况为例进行说明。Please refer to FIG. 16 , which is a schematic diagram of transmitting different SSs on a wideband carrier according to an embodiment of the present application. Assuming that the first SS is transmitted at location 161 and the second SS is transmitted at location 162, location 162 is not aligned with the boundary of the PRB grid, so for terminals that detect SS at location 162, their understanding and location of the PRB grid 161. The terminal that detects the SS has an inconsistent understanding of the PRB grid. Therefore, the terminal that accesses the carrier through different SSs cannot access the carrier. For example, the terminal that detects the SS at the location 162 cannot accurately determine the resource location of the PBCH. Therefore, the carrier cannot be accessed. The case shown in Fig. 17 will be described below as an example.
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种不同终端通过不同的SS接入同一载波的示意图。图17中,以SS栅格的大小为100kHz,PRB的子载波间隔为15kHz为例进行描述。网络设备在图中SS栅格的位置171发送第一SS,在图中SS栅格的位置172发送第二SS。终端173和终端174根据SS栅格检测SS,且终端173在SS栅格的位置171检测到第一SS,并根据第一SS的中心频率确定PRB网格(grid),进而确定PBCH的资源位置;终端174在SS栅格的位置172检测到第二SS,并根据第二SS的中心频率确定PRB网格,进而确定PBCH的资源位置。然而,如果以SS栅格的位置171确定的PRB网格为基准,则对于终端174,会存在PRB网格不对齐的情况。如图17所示,终端173和终端174确定的PRB网格边界不对齐,可见,终端173和终端174对PRB网格的理解不一致。因此必然有一个终端和网络设备对PRB网格的理解不一致,例如该终端为终端174,则终端174无法正确确定PBCH的资源位置,进而无法正确接收MIB,以至于无法接入该载波。FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of different terminals accessing the same carrier through different SSs according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. In Fig. 17, the description is made by taking an example in which the size of the SS grid is 100 kHz and the subcarrier spacing of the PRB is 15 kHz. The network device transmits a first SS at location 171 of the SS grid in the figure, and a second SS is transmitted at location 172 of the SS grid in the figure. The terminal 173 and the terminal 174 detect the SS according to the SS grid, and the terminal 173 detects the first SS at the position 171 of the SS grid, and determines the PRB grid according to the center frequency of the first SS, thereby determining the resource location of the PBCH. The terminal 174 detects the second SS at the location 172 of the SS grid and determines the PRB grid based on the center frequency of the second SS to determine the resource location of the PBCH. However, if the PRB grid determined by the position 171 of the SS grid is used as a reference, then for the terminal 174, there may be cases where the PRB grid is not aligned. As shown in FIG. 17, the PRB grid boundaries determined by the terminal 173 and the terminal 174 are not aligned. It can be seen that the understanding of the PRB grid by the terminal 173 and the terminal 174 is inconsistent. Therefore, there must be an inconsistency between the terminal and the network device for the PRB grid. For example, if the terminal is the terminal 174, the terminal 174 cannot correctly determine the resource location of the PBCH, and thus cannot correctly receive the MIB, so that the carrier cannot be accessed.
本申请实施例考虑到以上问题,提出一种通信方法,使得不同SS的中心频率之间的频率偏移为SS栅格大小与PRB大小的最小公倍数的正整数倍,如此,利用不同SS接入同一载波的终端在根据SS的中心频率确定PRB网格时,对PRB网格的理解是一致的,可以正确接收MIB,从而接入该载波。下面结合附图进行描述。In view of the above problems, the embodiment of the present application proposes a communication method such that the frequency offset between the center frequencies of different SSs is a positive integer multiple of the smallest common multiple of the SS grid size and the PRB size, thus using different SS accesses. When the terminal of the same carrier determines the PRB grid according to the center frequency of the SS, the understanding of the PRB grid is consistent, and the MIB can be correctly received, thereby accessing the carrier. Description will be made below with reference to the drawings.
请参考图18,其为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意图。该方法用于在同一载波上不同终端通过不同的SS接入该载波时,解决不同终端对PRB网格理解不一致导致部分终端无法接入该载波的问题。如图18所示,该方法包括:Please refer to FIG. 18 , which is a schematic diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. The method is used to solve the problem that some terminals cannot access the carrier when the different terminals access the carrier through different SSs on different carriers on the same carrier. As shown in FIG. 18, the method includes:
S181:网络设备在载波上发送第一SS,其中第一SS的中心频率位于SS栅格的第 一位置。S181: The network device sends the first SS on the carrier, where the center frequency of the first SS is located at the first position of the SS grid.
S182:当存在第二SS待发送时,网络设备在该载波上发送第二SS,其中第二SS的中心频率位于SS栅格的第二位置。S182: When there is a second SS to be sent, the network device sends a second SS on the carrier, where a center frequency of the second SS is located at a second location of the SS grid.
网络设备在同一载波上发送SS时采用相同的子载波间隔,即发送第一SS和第二SS采用相同的子载波间隔。且以上第二位置和第一位置之间的频率偏移为SS栅格大小与PRB大小的最小公倍数的正整数倍,其中PRB大小为发送第一SS和第二SS采用的子载波间隔(以下统称SS的子载波间隔)与PRB包括的子载波数量的积。也就是说,当有第二SS需要发送时,网络设备不是直接在下一个SS栅格的位置发送第二SS,或者不是随便选择一个SS栅格的位置发送第二SS,而是与第一位置之间的频率偏移满足预设条件的第二位置上发送第二SS。该预设条件与SS栅格大小和SS的子载波间隔有关,即第二位置和第一位置之间的频率偏移为SS栅格大小与PRB大小的最小公倍数的正整数倍,其中PRB大小与子载波间隔有关。The network device uses the same subcarrier spacing when transmitting the SS on the same carrier, that is, the first SS and the second SS are transmitted using the same subcarrier spacing. And the frequency offset between the second location and the first location is a positive integer multiple of the least common multiple of the SS grid size and the PRB size, where the PRB size is the subcarrier spacing used to send the first SS and the second SS (below) The product of the subcarrier spacing of the SS is collectively referred to as the number of subcarriers included in the PRB. That is, when there is a second SS to be sent, the network device does not directly send the second SS at the location of the next SS grid, or does not randomly select a location of the SS grid to send the second SS, but with the first location. The second SS is transmitted on the second position where the frequency offset satisfies the preset condition. The preset condition is related to the SS grid size and the subcarrier spacing of the SS, that is, the frequency offset between the second location and the first location is a positive integer multiple of the least common multiple of the SS raster size and the PRB size, wherein the PRB size Related to the subcarrier spacing.
S183:终端根据SS栅格检测SS。S183: The terminal detects the SS according to the SS grid.
当检测到SS时,终端根据SS取得与小区之间的下行同步,进而获取系统信息(S184);而后根据系统信息,发起随机接入,从而可以开始随机接入过程(S185)。When the SS is detected, the terminal acquires downlink synchronization with the cell according to the SS, thereby acquiring system information (S184); then, according to the system information, random access is initiated, so that the random access procedure can be started (S185).
在以上步骤S181中,网络设备发送第一SS块,该第一SS块包括第一SS和第一PBCH,其中第一SS包括PSS和SSS,也就是说网络设备发送第一SS并在第一PBCH上广播信息。在频域上,第一SS的中心频率和第一PBCH的中心频率位于SS栅格的第一位置。在时域上,网络设备可以周期在该第一位置发送第一SS并在第一PBCH上广播信息。In the above step S181, the network device sends a first SS block, where the first SS block includes a first SS and a first PBCH, where the first SS includes a PSS and an SSS, that is, the network device sends the first SS and is at the first Broadcast information on the PBCH. In the frequency domain, the center frequency of the first SS and the center frequency of the first PBCH are located at a first position of the SS grid. In the time domain, the network device may periodically transmit the first SS at the first location and broadcast the information on the first PBCH.
在以上步骤S182中,网络设备发送第二SS块,该第二SS块包括第二SS和第二PBCH,其中第二SS包括PSS和SSS,也就是说网络设备发送第二SS并在第二PBCH上广播信息。其中第一SS的PSS/SSS和第二SS的PSS/SSS可以是相同的SS序列,但频域位置不同。在频域上,第二SS的中心频率和第二PBCH的中心频率位于SS栅格的第二位置。在时域上,网络设备可以周期在该第二位置发送第二SS并在第二PBCH上广播信息。In the above step S182, the network device sends a second SS block, where the second SS block includes a second SS and a second PBCH, where the second SS includes the PSS and the SSS, that is, the network device sends the second SS and is in the second Broadcast information on the PBCH. The PSS/SSS of the first SS and the PSS/SSS of the second SS may be the same SS sequence, but the frequency domain positions are different. In the frequency domain, the center frequency of the second SS and the center frequency of the second PBCH are located at the second position of the SS grid. In the time domain, the network device can periodically transmit the second SS at the second location and broadcast the information on the second PBCH.
当一个载波上可以有多个SS用于终端接入该载波时,为了使得不同终端根据不同的SS确定的PRB网格是对齐的,即对PRB网格的理解是一致的,在以上实施例中限制了不同SS中心频率之间的频率偏移(即第二位置和第一位置之间的频率偏移)为SS栅格大小与PRB大小的最小公倍数的正整数倍。下面以不同的SS栅格大小和子载波间隔大小为例,进行举例描述。When there may be multiple SSs on a carrier for the terminal to access the carrier, in order to make the PRB grids determined by different terminals according to different SSs aligned, that is, the understanding of the PRB grid is consistent, in the above embodiment. The frequency offset between the different SS center frequencies (ie, the frequency offset between the second location and the first location) is limited to a positive integer multiple of the least common multiple of the SS grid size and the PRB size. The following takes an example of different SS grid size and subcarrier spacing size as an example.
请参考图19,其为本申请实施例提供的一种不同终端通过不同的SS接入同一载波的示意图。假设SS栅格的大小是100kHz,SS的子载波间隔为15kHz,那么PRB的大小为15*12kHz,即180kHz。100和180的最小公倍数为900,则一个载波中不同SS的中心频率(或所在的SS栅格的位置)之间频率偏移为900*n kHz,其中,n是正整数。此时,从SS栅格第一位置191检测到SS的终端193与从SS栅格第二位置192检测到SS的终端194对PRB网格的理解是一致的,因此,终端93和终端194均可以正确接收MIB,进而接入该载波。Please refer to FIG. 19 , which is a schematic diagram of different terminals accessing the same carrier through different SSs according to an embodiment of the present application. Assuming that the size of the SS grid is 100 kHz and the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz, the size of the PRB is 15*12 kHz, ie 180 kHz. The least common multiple of 100 and 180 is 900, and the frequency offset between the center frequencies of different SSs in one carrier (or the location of the SS grid in which it is located) is 900*n kHz, where n is a positive integer. At this time, the terminal 193 detecting the SS from the SS grid first position 191 and the terminal 194 detecting the SS from the SS grid second position 192 are consistent in understanding the PRB grid, and therefore, both the terminal 93 and the terminal 194 are The MIB can be correctly received and then accessed to the carrier.
假设SS栅格的大小是100kHz,SS的子载波间隔为30kHz,那么PRB的大小为 30*12kHz,即360kHz。100和180的最小公倍数为1800,则一个载波中不同SS的中心频率(或所在的SS栅格的位置)之间频率偏移为1800*n kHz,其中,n是正整数。Assuming that the SS grid size is 100 kHz and the SS subcarrier spacing is 30 kHz, the PRB size is 30*12 kHz, or 360 kHz. The least common multiple of 100 and 180 is 1800, and the frequency offset between the center frequencies of different SSs in one carrier (or the location of the SS grid in which it is located) is 1800*n kHz, where n is a positive integer.
假设SS栅格的大小是180kHz,SS的子载波间隔为15kHz,那么PRB的大小为15*12kHz,即180kHz。则一个载波中不同SS的中心频率(或所在的SS栅格的位置)之间频率偏移为180*n kHz,其中,n是正整数。此时,PRB的大小和SS栅格的大小是一致的,因此最小公倍数即为180kHz。也可以理解为不需要对不同SS中心频率之间的频率偏移做限制,网络设备可以在任何两个SS栅格位置发送SS。在SS栅格的大小为180kHz时,假设SS的子载波间隔为30kHz,那么PRB的大小为30*12kHz,即360kHz。180和360的最小公倍数为360,则一个载波中不同SS的中心频率(或所在的SS栅格的位置)之间频率偏移为360*n kHz,其中,n是正整数。Assuming that the size of the SS grid is 180 kHz and the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 15 kHz, the size of the PRB is 15*12 kHz, ie 180 kHz. Then the frequency offset between the center frequencies of the different SSs in one carrier (or the location of the SS grid in which they are located) is 180*n kHz, where n is a positive integer. At this time, the size of the PRB and the size of the SS grid are the same, so the least common multiple is 180 kHz. It can also be understood that there is no need to limit the frequency offset between different SS center frequencies, and the network device can transmit the SS at any two SS grid locations. When the size of the SS grid is 180 kHz, assuming that the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 30 kHz, the size of the PRB is 30*12 kHz, that is, 360 kHz. The least common multiple of 180 and 360 is 360, and the frequency offset between the center frequencies of different SSs in one carrier (or the location of the SS grid in which it is located) is 360*n kHz, where n is a positive integer.
假设SS栅格的大小是720kHz,SS的子载波间隔为120kHz,那么PRB的大小为120*12kHz,即1440kHz。720和1440的最小公倍数为1440,则一个载波中不同SS的中心频率(或所在的SS栅格的位置)之间频率偏移为1440*n kHz,其中,n是正整数。在SS栅格的大小为720kHz时,假设SS的子载波间隔为240kHz,那么PRB的大小为240*12kHz,即2880kHz。720和2880的最小公倍数为2880,则一个载波中不同SS的中心频率(或所在的SS栅格的位置)之间频率偏移为2880*n kHz,其中,n是正整数。Assuming that the size of the SS grid is 720 kHz and the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 120 kHz, the size of the PRB is 120*12 kHz, which is 1440 kHz. The least common multiple of 720 and 1440 is 1440, and the frequency offset between the center frequencies of different SSs in one carrier (or the location of the SS grid in which it is located) is 1440*n kHz, where n is a positive integer. When the size of the SS grid is 720 kHz, assuming that the subcarrier spacing of the SS is 240 kHz, the size of the PRB is 240*12 kHz, that is, 2880 kHz. The least common multiple of 720 and 2880 is 2880, and the frequency offset between the center frequencies of different SSs in one carrier (or the location of the SS grid in which it is located) is 2880*n kHz, where n is a positive integer.
以上给出了几种SS栅格大小和子载波间隔大小的例子,并描述了在相应大小的情况下不同SS的中心频率之间的频率偏移满足的条件。这些举例仅为了方便理解本实施例,并非用于限制本申请。本领域技术人员可以根据以上实施例,实现各种SS栅格和子载波间隔组合的SS发送。An example of several SS grid sizes and subcarrier spacing sizes is given above, and the conditions under which the frequency offset between the center frequencies of different SSs are satisfied in the case of corresponding sizes are described. These examples are only for the convenience of understanding the present embodiment and are not intended to limit the application. Those skilled in the art can implement SS transmission of various SS grid and subcarrier spacing combinations according to the above embodiments.
在以上步骤S183中,有的终端可以在第一位置检测到SS,有的终端可以在第二位置检测到SS。令在第一位置检测到SS的终端为第一终端,且第一终端可以有一个或多个;令在第二位置检测到SS的终端为第二终端,且第二终端可以有一个或多个。In the above step S183, some terminals may detect the SS at the first location, and some terminals may detect the SS at the second location. The terminal that detects the SS in the first location is the first terminal, and the first terminal may have one or more; the terminal that detects the SS in the second location is the second terminal, and the second terminal may have one or more One.
在以上步骤S184中,终端获取的系统信息可以包括MIB和RMSI。当该终端为第一终端时,第一终端在SS栅格的第一位置检测到第一SS,并根据该第一SS确定第一PBCH的资源位置,例如,以第一SS的中心频率为中心的24个PRB。而后在第一PBCH上接收网络设备发送的第一MIB。当该终端为第二终端时,第二终端在SS栅格的第二位置检测到第二SS,并根据该第二SS确定第二PBCH的资源位置,例如,以第二SS的中心频率为中心的24个PRB。而后在第二PBCH上接收网络设备发送的第二MIB。In the above step S184, the system information acquired by the terminal may include MIB and RMSI. When the terminal is the first terminal, the first terminal detects the first SS in the first position of the SS grid, and determines the resource location of the first PBCH according to the first SS, for example, the center frequency of the first SS is 24 PRBs in the center. The first MIB sent by the network device is then received on the first PBCH. When the terminal is the second terminal, the second terminal detects the second SS in the second position of the SS grid, and determines the resource location of the second PBCH according to the second SS, for example, the center frequency of the second SS is 24 PRBs in the center. The second MIB sent by the network device is then received on the second PBCH.
以上任一MIB可以包括资源信息,该资源信息用于指示RMSI调度信息所在的控制信道的资源位置,终端正确解析出MIB之后,根据MIB中的资源信息接收网络设备发送的RMSI调度信息,进而根据RMSI调度信息接收RMSI,并根据RMSI发起随机接入,以接入该载波。Any of the above MIBs may include resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate the resource location of the control channel where the RMSI scheduling information is located. After the terminal correctly parses the MIB, the terminal receives the RMSI scheduling information sent by the network device according to the resource information in the MIB, and further The RMSI scheduling information receives the RMSI and initiates random access based on the RMSI to access the carrier.
在一种实现中,PBCH上承载了下行控制信道的资源信息,下行控制信道的资源例如为控制资源集(control resource set,CORESET)。该资源信息可以为频域指示信息,用于指示CORESET的频域位置。可选的,该资源信息包括CORESET偏移值和CORESET的大小。该CORESET偏移值用于指示CORESET相对于参考点的频率偏移,参考点可以为SS(或SS block)的最低,中心,或最高频域位置,该CORESET偏移值是CORESET的最低,中心,或最高频域位置相对于参考点的频率偏移。CORESET用 于终端盲检测控制信息,例如,物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)上承载的信息,该PDCCH包括公共搜索空间,该公共搜索空间用于承载公共信息,例如包括RMSI的调度信息。终端根据MIB获取到CORESET的位置,进而根据该CORESET的位置检测下行控制信息,获取到RMSI的调度信息;根据RMSI的调度信息获知RMSI所在的资源位置,进而接收RMSI。终端接收RMSI之后,即可以开始随机接入过程。In an implementation, the resource information of the downlink control channel is carried on the PBCH, and the resource of the downlink control channel is, for example, a control resource set (CORESET). The resource information may be frequency domain indication information for indicating a frequency domain location of the CORESET. Optionally, the resource information includes a CORESET offset value and a size of the CORESET. The CORESET offset value is used to indicate the frequency offset of the CORESET relative to the reference point, and the reference point may be the lowest, center, or highest frequency domain position of the SS (or SS block), the CORESET offset value being the lowest of the CORESET, The center, or the frequency offset of the highest frequency domain position relative to the reference point. The CORESET is used for terminal blind detection control information, for example, information carried on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), where the PDCCH includes a common search space for carrying public information, for example, scheduling including RMSI. information. The terminal acquires the location of the CORESET according to the MIB, and further detects the downlink control information according to the location of the CORESET, acquires the scheduling information of the RMSI, and obtains the resource location where the RMSI is located according to the scheduling information of the RMSI, thereby receiving the RMSI. After the terminal receives the RMSI, the random access procedure can be started.
例如,第一终端根据第一MIB中的第一资源信息确定第一RMSI调度信息所在的控制信道的资源位置。而后在控制信道接收第一RMSI调度信息,进而根据第一RMSI调度信息确定第一RMSI所在的资源位置,并在确定的资源位置接收第一RMSI。类似的,第二终端根据第二MIB中的第二资源信息确定第二RMSI调度信息所在的控制信道的资源位置。而后在控制信道接收第二RMSI调度信息,进而根据第二RMSI调度信息确定第二RMSI所在的资源位置,并在确定的资源位置接收第二RMSI。For example, the first terminal determines, according to the first resource information in the first MIB, a resource location of a control channel where the first RMSI scheduling information is located. Then, the first RMSI scheduling information is received on the control channel, and then the resource location where the first RMSI is located is determined according to the first RMSI scheduling information, and the first RMSI is received at the determined resource location. Similarly, the second terminal determines, according to the second resource information in the second MIB, a resource location of a control channel where the second RMSI scheduling information is located. Then, the second RMSI scheduling information is received on the control channel, and then the resource location where the second RMSI is located is determined according to the second RMSI scheduling information, and the second RMSI is received at the determined resource location.
可见,终端接入载波时,首先盲检测SS,根据检测到的SS确定PBCH的频域位置,进而在确定的频域位置接收PBCH上承载的MIB。MIB包括用于传输下行控制信息的CORESET的信息,终端根据该信息确定CORESET的频域位置,进而在确定的频域位置接收PDCCH上承载的控制信息。该控制信息包括RMSI的调度信息,终端根据RMSI的调度信息确定RMSI在物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)上的频域位置。进而,终端可以在确定的频域位置接收RMSI。RMSI中可以携带随机接入的信息,终端进而可以根据RMSI发起随机接入。It can be seen that when the terminal accesses the carrier, the SS is first blindly detected, the frequency domain location of the PBCH is determined according to the detected SS, and the MIB carried on the PBCH is received in the determined frequency domain location. The MIB includes information of a CORESET for transmitting downlink control information, and the terminal determines a frequency domain location of the CORESET according to the information, and further receives control information carried on the PDCCH in the determined frequency domain location. The control information includes scheduling information of the RMSI, and the terminal determines the frequency domain location of the RMSI on the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) according to the scheduling information of the RMSI. In turn, the terminal can receive the RMSI at a determined frequency domain location. The RMSI can carry random access information, and the terminal can initiate random access according to the RMSI.
在以上实施例中,SS栅格的大小和SS的子载波间隔决定了不同SS的中心频率之间的频率偏移;或者说,SS栅格的大小和SS的子载波间隔决定了发送不同SS的SS栅格的位置之间的频率偏移。在本申请实施例提供的另一种实现方式中,通过载波频率确定SS栅格的大小和SS的子载波间隔,且使得SS栅格的大小是SS的子载波间隔对应的PRB的大小的正整数倍。如此,无论不同的SS在哪个SS栅格位置上发送,检测到该不同SS的终端对PRB网格的理解是一致的,从而可以不采用以上频域位置限制的方式,使得通过不同SS接入同一载波的终端能够正确接收系统信息并接入该载波。In the above embodiment, the size of the SS grid and the subcarrier spacing of the SS determine the frequency offset between the center frequencies of different SSs; or the size of the SS grid and the subcarrier spacing of the SS determine the transmission of different SSs. The frequency offset between the positions of the SS grids. In another implementation manner provided by the embodiment of the present application, the size of the SS grid and the subcarrier spacing of the SS are determined by the carrier frequency, and the size of the SS grid is the positive of the size of the PRB corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of the SS. Integer multiple. In this way, no matter which SS location is sent by different SSs, the terminal that detects the different SSs has the same understanding of the PRB grid, so that the above frequency domain location restriction can be adopted, so that the access is through different SSs. A terminal of the same carrier can correctly receive system information and access the carrier.
请参考图20,其为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意图。该方法用于在同一载波上不同终端通过不同的SS接入该载波时,解决不同终端对PRB网格理解不一致导致部分终端无法接入该载波的问题。如图20所示,该方法包括:Please refer to FIG. 20 , which is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method is used to solve the problem that some terminals cannot access the carrier when the different terminals access the carrier through different SSs on different carriers on the same carrier. As shown in FIG. 20, the method includes:
S201:网络设备根据载波的频率,确定SS栅格的大小和SS的子载波间隔;S201: The network device determines, according to the frequency of the carrier, a size of the SS grid and a subcarrier spacing of the SS.
S202:网络设备采用所确定的子载波间隔在所述载波上发送SS,其中,SS的中心频率位于SS栅格的一个位置,所述SS栅格的两个相邻位置之间的距离为所确定的SS栅格的大小。S202: The network device sends the SS on the carrier by using the determined subcarrier spacing, where a center frequency of the SS is located at a position of the SS grid, and a distance between two adjacent locations of the SS grid is Determine the size of the SS grid.
相应的,请参考图21,其为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意图。该方法用于在同一载波上不同终端通过不同的SS接入该载波时,解决不同终端对PRB网格理解不一致导致部分终端无法接入该载波的问题。如图21所示,该方法包括:Correspondingly, please refer to FIG. 21 , which is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method is used to solve the problem that some terminals cannot access the carrier when the different terminals access the carrier through different SSs on different carriers on the same carrier. As shown in FIG. 21, the method includes:
S211:终端根据载波的频率,确定SS栅格的大小和SS的子载波间隔,其中SS栅格的大小是PRB大小的正整数倍,该PRB大小为SS的子载波间隔与PRB包括的子载波数量的积;S211: The terminal determines the size of the SS grid and the subcarrier spacing of the SS according to the frequency of the carrier, where the size of the SS grid is a positive integer multiple of the PRB size, and the PRB size is the subcarrier spacing of the SS and the subcarrier included in the PRB. Product of quantity;
S212:终端根据SS栅格采用该SS的子载波间隔检测载波上的SS,其中SS栅格的两个相邻位置之间的距离为所确定的SS栅格的大小,SS的中心频率位于SS栅格的一个位置。S212: The terminal detects the SS on the carrier according to the SS grid using the subcarrier spacing of the SS, where the distance between two adjacent locations of the SS grid is the determined size of the SS grid, and the center frequency of the SS is located in the SS. A position of the grid.
可选的,在以上实施例中,SS栅格的大小是SS的子载波间隔对应的PRB大小相等。例如,以下表格2给出了几种载波频率下,SS的子载波间隔和SS栅格的大小,使得无论不同的SS在哪个SS栅格位置上发送,检测到该不同SS的终端对PRB网格的理解是一致的,从而可以不采用以上频域位置限制的方式,使得通过不同SS接入同一载波的终端能够正确接收系统信息并接入该载波。Optionally, in the above embodiment, the size of the SS grid is equal to the PRB size corresponding to the subcarrier spacing of the SS. For example, Table 2 below shows the subcarrier spacing of the SS and the size of the SS grid at several carrier frequencies, so that no matter which SS location is sent by the different SS, the terminal of the different SS is detected to the PRB network. The understanding of the cells is consistent, so that the above-mentioned frequency domain location restriction can be adopted, so that terminals accessing the same carrier through different SSs can correctly receive system information and access the carrier.
表2Table 2
载波频率fCarrier frequency f SS的子载波间隔SS subcarrier spacing SS栅格SS grid
f<3GHzf<3GHz 15kHz15kHz 180kHz180kHz
3GHz<f<6GHz3GHz<f<6GHz 30kHz30kHz 360kHz360kHz
图18,图20和图21所示的实施例可以和以上实施例结合,即当载波上支持不同SS的发送时,可以采用以上方法使得通过不同SS接入该载波的终端对PRB网格的理解一致。且通过以上实施例的方法,使得终端正确获取用于进行数据/控制信息传输的PRB网格,进而进行正确的数据/控制信息传输和接收。The embodiment shown in FIG. 18, FIG. 20 and FIG. 21 can be combined with the foregoing embodiment, that is, when the transmission of different SSs is supported on the carrier, the above method can be adopted to enable the terminal accessing the carrier through different SSs to the PRB grid. Understand the same. And through the method of the above embodiment, the terminal correctly acquires the PRB grid for performing data/control information transmission, thereby performing correct data/control information transmission and reception.
本申请实施例还提供用于实现以上任一种方法的装置,例如,提供一种装置包括用以实现以上任一种方法中终端所执行的各个步骤的单元(或手段)。再如,还提供另一种装置,包括用以实现以上任一种方法中网络设备所执行的各个步骤的单元(或手段)。The embodiment of the present application further provides an apparatus for implementing any of the above methods, for example, providing an apparatus including a unit (or means) for implementing various steps performed by a terminal in any of the above methods. As another example, another apparatus is provided, including means (or means) for implementing the various steps performed by the network device in any of the above methods.
应理解装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如,单元可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中,由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。其它单元的实现与之类似。此外这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件可以是一种集成电路,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。It should be understood that the division of the units in the device is only a division of logical functions, and the actual implementation may be integrated into one physical entity in whole or in part, or may be physically separated. The units in the device may all be implemented by software in the form of processing component calls; or may be implemented entirely in hardware; some units may be implemented in software in the form of processing component calls, and some units may be implemented in hardware. For example, the unit may be a separate processing element, or may be integrated in one of the devices of the device, or may be stored in a memory in the form of a program, which is called by a processing element of the device and performs the function of the unit. . The implementation of other units is similar. In addition, all or part of these units can be integrated or implemented independently. The processing elements described herein can be an integrated circuit that has signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method or each of the above units may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or an instruction in a form of software.
例如,装置中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)等。再如,当装置中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。For example, a unit in a device may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), or one or more microprocessors ( Digital singnal processor (DSP), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA). As another example, when a unit in a device can be implemented in the form of a processing component scheduler, the processing element can be a general purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processor that can invoke the program. As another example, these units can be integrated and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
请参考图22,其为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图,用于实现以上实施例中网络设备的操作。如图22所示,该网络设备包括:天线221、射频装置222、 基带装置223。天线221与射频装置221连接。在上行方向上,射频装置222通过天线221接收终端发送的信息,将终端发送的信息发送给基带装置223进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置223对终端的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置222,射频装置222对终端的信息进行处理后经过天线221发送给终端。Please refer to FIG. 22, which is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application, for implementing the operation of the network device in the foregoing embodiment. As shown in FIG. 22, the network device includes an antenna 221, a radio frequency device 222, and a baseband device 223. The antenna 221 is connected to the radio frequency device 221. In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 222 receives the information transmitted by the terminal through the antenna 221, and transmits the information transmitted by the terminal to the baseband device 223 for processing. In the downlink direction, the baseband device 223 processes the information of the terminal and sends it to the radio frequency device 222. The radio frequency device 222 processes the information of the terminal and sends it to the terminal through the antenna 221.
以上用于网络设备的装置可以位于基带装置223,在一种实现中,网络设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现,例如基带装置223包括处理元件2231和存储元件2232,处理元件2231调用存储元件2232存储的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中网络设备执行的方法。此外,该基带装置223还可以包括接口2233,用于与射频装置222交互信息,该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface,CPRI)。The above means for the network device may be located in the baseband device 223. In one implementation, the unit of the network device implementing the various steps in the above method may be implemented in the form of a processing component scheduler, for example, the baseband device 223 includes the processing component 2231 and the storage component. 2232, processing component 2231 invokes a program stored by storage component 2232 to perform the method performed by the network device in the above method embodiments. In addition, the baseband device 223 may further include an interface 2233 for interacting with the radio frequency device 222, such as a common public radio interface (CPRI).
在另一种实现中,网络设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以是被配置成一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于基带装置223上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。In another implementation, the unit of the network device implementing the various steps in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, and the processing elements are disposed on the baseband device 223, where the processing element may be an integrated circuit, for example: One or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, etc. These integrated circuits can be integrated to form a chip.
这些单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现,例如,基带装置223包括SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成处理元件2231和存储元件2232,由处理元件2231调用存储元件2232的存储的程序的形式实现以上网络设备执行的方法;或者,该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路,用于实现以上网络设备执行的方法;或者,可以结合以上实现方式,部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现,部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。These units can be integrated together in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC), for example, the baseband device 223 includes a SOC chip for implementing the above method. The processing element 2231 and the storage element 2232 may be integrated into the chip, and the method executed by the above network device may be implemented by the processing element 2231 in the form of a stored program of the storage element 2232; or, at least one integrated circuit may be integrated into the chip for implementation. The above network device performs the method; or, in combination with the above implementation manner, the functions of the partial units are implemented by the processing component calling program, and the functions of the partial units are implemented by the form of an integrated circuit.
不管采用何种方式,总之,以上用于网络设备的装置包括至少一个处理元件和存储元件,其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的网络设备执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式:即调用存储元件存储的程序的方式执行以上方法实施例中网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤;也可以以第二种方式:即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行以上方法实施例中网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤;当然,也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行以上方法实施例中网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤。Regardless of the manner, in summary, the above apparatus for a network device includes at least one processing element and a storage element, wherein at least one processing element is used to perform the method performed by the network device provided by the above method embodiments. The processing element may perform some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the above method embodiment in a manner of calling the program stored in the storage element; or in a second manner: by hardware in the processor element The integrated logic circuit performs some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment in combination with the instructions; of course, some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment may be performed in combination with the first mode and the second mode. .
这里的处理元件同以上描述,可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU),还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)等。The processing elements herein are the same as described above, and may be a general purpose processor, such as a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more specific An Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more digital singnal processors (DSPs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs).
存储元件可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储元件的统称。The storage element can be a memory or a collective name for a plurality of storage elements.
请参考图23,其为本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图。其可以为以上实施例中的终端,用于实现以上实施例中终端的操作。如图23所示,该终端包括:天线、射频装置231、基带装置232。天线与射频装置231连接。在下行方向上,射频装置231通过天线接收网络设备发送的信息,将网络设备发送的信息发送给基带装置232进行处理。在上行方向上,基带装置232对终端的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置231,射频装置231对终端的信息进行处理后经过天线发送给网络设备。Please refer to FIG. 23 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application. It can be the terminal in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the terminal in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 23, the terminal includes an antenna, a radio frequency device 231, and a baseband device 232. The antenna is connected to the radio frequency device 231. In the downlink direction, the radio frequency device 231 receives the information transmitted by the network device through the antenna, and transmits the information sent by the network device to the baseband device 232 for processing. In the uplink direction, the baseband device 232 processes the information of the terminal and sends the information to the radio frequency device 231. The radio frequency device 231 processes the information of the terminal and sends the information to the network device through the antenna.
基带装置可以包括调制解调子系统,用于实现对数据各通信协议层的处理。还可以包括中央处理子系统,用于实现对终端操作系统以及应用层的处理。此外,还可以包括其它子系统,例如多媒体子系统,周边子系统等,其中多媒体子系统用于实现对终端相机,屏幕显示等的控制,周边子系统用于实现与其它设备的连接。调制解调子系统可以为单独设置的芯片,可选的,以上频域资源的处理装置便可以在该调制解调子系统上实现。The baseband device can include a modem subsystem for effecting processing of the various communication protocol layers of the data. A central processing subsystem may also be included for implementing processing of the terminal operating system and the application layer. In addition, other subsystems, such as a multimedia subsystem, a peripheral subsystem, etc., may be included, wherein the multimedia subsystem is used to implement control of the terminal camera, screen display, etc., and the peripheral subsystem is used to implement connection with other devices. The modem subsystem can be a separately set chip. Alternatively, the processing device of the above frequency domain resources can be implemented on the modem subsystem.
在一种实现中,终端实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现,例如基带装置232的某个子系统,例如调制解调子系统,包括处理元件2321和存储元件2322,处理元件2321调用存储元件2322存储的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中终端执行的方法。此外,该基带装置232还可以包括接口2323,用于与射频装置231交互信息。In one implementation, the means for the terminal to implement the various steps of the above methods may be implemented in the form of a processing component scheduler, such as a subsystem of baseband device 232, such as a modem subsystem, including processing component 2321 and storage component 2322, Processing component 2321 invokes a program stored by storage component 2322 to perform the method performed by the terminal in the above method embodiments. In addition, the baseband device 232 can also include an interface 2323 for interacting with the radio frequency device 231.
在另一种实现中,终端实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以是被配置成一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于基带装置232的某个子系统上,例如调制解调子系统上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。In another implementation, the unit that implements each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements disposed on a certain subsystem of the baseband device 232, such as a modem subsystem. The processing elements herein may be integrated circuits, such as one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs or the like. These integrated circuits can be integrated to form a chip.
例如,终端实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现,例如,基带装置232包括SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成处理元件2321和存储元件2322,由处理元件2321调用存储元件2322的存储的程序的形式实现以上终端执行的方法;或者,该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路,用于实现以上终端执行的方法;或者,可以结合以上实现方式,部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现,部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。For example, the units that implement the various steps in the above methods may be integrated and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC). For example, the baseband device 232 includes a SOC chip for implementing the above method. The processing element 2321 and the storage element 2322 may be integrated into the chip, and the method executed by the above terminal may be implemented by the processing element 2321 calling the stored program of the storage element 2322; or, at least one integrated circuit may be integrated in the chip for implementing the above The method executed by the terminal; or, in combination with the above implementation manner, the functions of the partial units are implemented by the processing component calling program, and the functions of the partial units are implemented by the form of an integrated circuit.
不管采用何种方式,总之,以上用于终端的装置包括至少一个处理元件和存储元件,其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的终端执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式:即调度存储元件存储的程序的方式执行以上方法实施例中终端执行的部分或全部步骤;也可以以第二种方式:即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行以上方法实施例中终端执行的部分或全部步骤;当然,也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行以上方法实施例中终端执行的部分或全部步骤。Regardless of the manner, in summary, the above apparatus for a terminal includes at least one processing element and a storage element, wherein at least one processing element is used to perform the method of terminal execution provided by the above method embodiments. The processing element may perform some or all of the steps performed by the terminal in the above method embodiment in a manner of scheduling the program stored by the storage element in the first manner; or in a second manner: through integration of hardware in the processor element The logic circuit performs some or all of the steps performed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiment in combination with the instruction; of course, some or all of the steps performed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiment may be performed in combination with the first mode and the second mode.
这里的处理元件同以上描述,可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU),还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)等。The processing elements herein are the same as described above, and may be a general purpose processor, such as a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more specific An Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more digital singnal processors (DSPs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs).
存储元件可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储元件的统称。The storage element can be a memory or a collective name for a plurality of storage elements.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解:实现上述方法实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成,前述的程序可以存储于一计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,执行包括上述方法实施例的步骤;而前述的存储介质包括:ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。A person skilled in the art can understand that all or part of the steps of implementing the above method embodiments may be completed by using hardware related to the program instructions. The foregoing program may be stored in a computer readable storage medium, and the program is executed when executed. The foregoing steps include the steps of the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes: a medium that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.

Claims (53)

  1. 一种通信方法,包括:A communication method comprising:
    终端从网络设备接收同步信号;The terminal receives the synchronization signal from the network device;
    所述终端根据所述同步信号,确定第一物理资源块网格;Determining, by the terminal, a first physical resource block grid according to the synchronization signal;
    所述终端从所述网络设备接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一物理资源块网格和第二物理资源块网格之间的第一频率偏移;The terminal receives the first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency offset between the first physical resource block grid and the second physical resource block grid;
    所述终端根据所述第一物理资源块网格和所述第一频率偏移,确定所述第二物理资源块网格。Determining, by the terminal, the second physical resource block grid according to the first physical resource block grid and the first frequency offset.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二物理资源块网格的子载波间隔与所述同步信号的子载波间隔相同。The method according to claim 1, wherein the subcarrier spacing of the second physical resource block grid is the same as the subcarrier spacing of the synchronization signal.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端从所述网络设备接收第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the receiving, by the terminal, the first indication information from the network device comprises:
    所述终端通过物理广播信道PBCH接收所述第一指示信息。The terminal receives the first indication information through a physical broadcast channel PBCH.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示频率偏移值,其中所述第一物理资源块网格相对所述第二物理资源块网格的偏移方向为预定义的或者通过第二指示信息指示;或者,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency offset value, wherein the first physical resource block grid is opposite to the second physical resource block The offset direction of the grid is predefined or indicated by the second indication information; or,
    所述第一指示信息用于指示频率偏移值和所述第一物理资源块网格相对所述第二物理资源块网格的偏移方向。The first indication information is used to indicate a frequency offset value and an offset direction of the first physical resource block grid relative to the second physical resource block grid.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, further comprising:
    所述终端从所述网络设备接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第二物理资源块网格和第三物理资源块网格之间的第二频率偏移,其中所述第三物理资源块网格的子载波间隔大于所述同步信号的子载波间隔;The terminal receives the third indication information from the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a second frequency offset between the second physical resource block grid and the third physical resource block grid, where The subcarrier spacing of the third physical resource block grid is greater than the subcarrier spacing of the synchronization signal;
    所述终端根据所述第二物理资源块网格和所述第二频率偏移,确定所述第三物理资源块网格。The terminal determines the third physical resource block grid according to the second physical resource block grid and the second frequency offset.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端从所述网络设备接收所述第三指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the receiving, by the terminal, the third indication information from the network device comprises:
    所述终端通过物理广播信道PBCH接收所述第三指示信息;或者,Receiving, by the terminal, the third indication information by using a physical broadcast channel PBCH; or
    所述终端接收剩余最小系统信息RMSI,所述RMSI携带所述第三指示信息;或者,Receiving, by the terminal, remaining minimum system information RMSI, where the RMSI carries the third indication information; or
    所述终端接收无线资源控制RRC消息,所述RRC消息携带所述第三指示信息。The terminal receives a radio resource control RRC message, where the RRC message carries the third indication information.
  7. 一种通信方法,包括:A communication method comprising:
    网络设备根据第一物理资源块网格向终端发送同步信号;The network device sends a synchronization signal to the terminal according to the first physical resource block grid;
    所述网络设备向所述终端发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一物理资源块网格和第二物理资源块网格之间的第一频率偏移;The network device sends first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency offset between the first physical resource block grid and the second physical resource block grid;
    所述网络设备根据所述第二物理资源块网格与所述终端进行信息传输。And the network device performs information transmission with the terminal according to the second physical resource block grid.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二物理资源块网格的子载波间隔与所述同步信号的子载波间隔相同。The method according to claim 7, wherein the subcarrier spacing of the second physical resource block grid is the same as the subcarrier spacing of the synchronization signal.
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备向所述终端发送第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the sending, by the network device, the first indication information to the terminal comprises:
    所述网络设备通过物理广播信道PBCH发送所述第一指示信息。The network device sends the first indication information through a physical broadcast channel PBCH.
  10. 根据权利要求7-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示频率偏移值,其中所述第一物理资源块网格相对所述第二物理资源块网格的偏移方向为预定义的或者通过第二指示信息指示;或者,The method according to any one of claims 7-9, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency offset value, wherein the first physical resource block grid is opposite to the second physical resource block The offset direction of the grid is predefined or indicated by the second indication information; or,
    所述第一指示信息用于指示频率偏移值和所述第一物理资源块网格相对所述第二物理资源块网格的偏移方向。The first indication information is used to indicate a frequency offset value and an offset direction of the first physical resource block grid relative to the second physical resource block grid.
  11. 根据权利要求7-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 7 to 10, further comprising:
    所述网络设备向所述终端发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第二物理资源块网格和第三物理资源块网格之间的第二频率偏移,其中所述第三物理资源块网格的子载波间隔大于所述同步信号的子载波间隔;The network device sends third indication information to the terminal, where the third indication information is used to indicate a second frequency offset between the second physical resource block grid and the third physical resource block grid, where The subcarrier spacing of the third physical resource block grid is greater than the subcarrier spacing of the synchronization signal;
    所述网络设备根据所述第三物理资源块网格与所述终端进行信息传输。The network device performs information transmission with the terminal according to the third physical resource block grid.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备向所述终端发送第三指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the sending, by the network device, the third indication information to the terminal comprises:
    所述网络设备通过物理广播信道PBCH发送所述第三指示信息;或者,Transmitting, by the network device, the third indication information by using a physical broadcast channel PBCH; or
    所述网络设备发送剩余最小系统信息RMSI,所述RMSI携带所述第三指示信息;或者,Transmitting, by the network device, residual minimum system information RMSI, where the RMSI carries the third indication information; or
    所述网络设备发送无线资源控制RRC消息,所述RRC消息携带所述第三指示信息。The network device sends a radio resource control RRC message, where the RRC message carries the third indication information.
  13. 一种通信装置,包括用于执行权利要求1至6任一项所述的各个步骤的单元或手段。A communication device comprising means or means for performing the various steps of any one of claims 1 to 6.
  14. 一种通信装置,包括用于执行权利要求7至12任一项所述的各个步骤的单元或手段。A communication device comprising means or means for performing the various steps of any one of claims 7 to 12.
  15. 一种通信装置,包括至少一个处理元件和至少一个存储元件,其中所述至少一个存储元件用于存储程序和数据,所述至少一个处理元件用于执行如权利要求1至6任一项所述的方法。A communication device comprising at least one processing element for storing a program and data, and at least one storage element for performing the method of any one of claims 1 to 6 Methods.
  16. 一种通信装置,包括至少一个处理元件和至少一个存储元件,其中所述至少一个存储元件用于存储程序和数据,所述至少一个处理元件用于执行如权利要求7至12任一项所述的方法。A communication device comprising at least one processing element for storing a program and data, and at least one storage element for performing the method of any one of claims 7 to 12 Methods.
  17. 一种计算机存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时,用于实现如权利要求1至12任一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium having stored thereon a computer program for performing the method of any one of claims 1 to 12 when executed by a processor.
  18. 一种通信方法,包括:A communication method comprising:
    终端确定第一物理资源块PRB网格D 1,其中所述第一PRB网格D 1对应的子载波间隔为第一子载波间隔S 1The terminal determines the first physical resource block PRB grid D 1 , wherein the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the first PRB grid D 1 is the first subcarrier spacing S 1 ;
    所述终端从网络设备接收第一指示信息I 3,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一PRB网格D 1和第二PRB网格D 2之间的第一频率偏移F 2,所述第二PRB网格D 2对应的子载波间隔为第二子载波间隔S 2,所述第二子载波间隔S 2大于所述第一子载波间隔S 1The network terminal device receives indication information from a first I 3, the first indication information for indicating the first PRB D grid frequency between a first and a second 21 mesh PRB offset F 2 D The subcarrier spacing corresponding to the second PRB grid D 2 is a second subcarrier spacing S 2 , and the second subcarrier spacing S 2 is greater than the first subcarrier spacing S 1 ;
    所述终端根据所述第一PRB网格D 1和所述第一频率偏移F 2,确定所述第二PRB网格D 2 1 and the terminal according to the first frequency of the first grid PRB offset D F 2, determining a second grid PRB D 2.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 18, further comprising:
    所述终端从所述网络设备接收同步信号;Receiving, by the terminal, a synchronization signal from the network device;
    所述终端根据所述同步信号,确定第三PRB网格G 0Determining, by the terminal, the third PRB grid G 0 according to the synchronization signal;
    所述终端从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息I 1,所述第二指示信息I 1用于指示所述第三PRB网格G 0和所述第一PRB网格D 1之间的第二频率偏移F 1The terminal receives the second indication information I 1 from the network device, where the second indication information I 1 is used to indicate the third between the third PRB grid G 0 and the first PRB grid D 1 Two frequency offsets F 1 .
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端确定第一PRB网格D 1,包括: The method according to claim 19, wherein said first terminal determines PRB grid D 1, comprising:
    所述终端根据所述第三PRB网格G 0和所述第二频率偏移F 1,确定所述第一PRB网格D 1The PRB terminal according to the third grid G 0 and the second frequency offset F 1, determines the first PRB mesh D 1.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息I 1,包括: The method according to claim 19 or claim 20, characterized in that the terminal received from the second network device indicating information I 1, comprising:
    所述终端通过物理广播信道PBCH接收所述第二指示信息I 1The terminal receives the second indication information I 1 through a physical broadcast channel PBCH.
  22. 根据权利要求18-21任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一子载波间隔S 1为15kHz或60kHz。 Method according to any of the claims 18-21, characterized in that the first subcarrier spacing S 1 is 15 kHz or 60 kHz.
  23. 根据权利要求18-22任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端从网络设备接收第一指示信息I 3,包括: The method according to any one of claims 18-22, wherein the terminal device receives information from the network indicating a first I 3, comprising:
    所述终端从所述网络设备接收剩余最小系统信息RMSI,所述RMSI携带所述第一指示信息I 3The terminal receives remaining minimum system information RMSI from the network device, the RMSI carrying the first indication information I 3 .
  24. 根据权利要求18-23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of any of claims 18-23, further comprising:
    所述终端根据所述第二PRB网格D 2与所述网络设备进行信息传输。 The information transmission terminal according to the second grid PRB D 2 and the network device.
  25. 一种通信方法,包括:A communication method comprising:
    网络设备向终端发送第一指示信息I 3,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一PRB网格D 1和第二PRB网格D 2之间的第一频率偏移F 2,用于确定所述第二PRB网格D 2,其中所述第一PRB网格D 1对应的子载波间隔为第一子载波间隔S 1,所述第二PRB网格D 2对应的子载波间隔为第二子载波间隔S 2,所述第二子载波间隔S 2大于所述第一子载波间隔S 1A first network device sends indication information to the terminal I 3, the first indication information for indicating a first PRB and a second grid. 1 D D of the first PRB grid frequency offset between the 2 F 2, for determining The second PRB grid D 2 , wherein the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the first PRB grid D 1 is a first subcarrier spacing S 1 , and the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the second PRB grid D 2 is a a second subcarrier spacing S 2 , the second subcarrier spacing S 2 is greater than the first subcarrier spacing S 1 ;
    所述网络设备根据所述第二PRB网格D 2与所述终端进行信息传输。 The network device transmitting information of the second PRB mesh with D 2 according to the terminal.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 25, further comprising:
    所述网络设备向所述终端发送同步信号,所述同步信号对应的PRB网格为第三PRB网格G 0The network device sends a synchronization signal to the terminal, and the PRB grid corresponding to the synchronization signal is a third PRB grid G 0 ;
    所述网络设备向所述终端发送第二指示信息I 1,所述第二指示信息I 1用于指示所述第三PRB网格G 0和所述第一PRB网格D 1之间的第二频率偏移F 1,用于确定所述第一PRB网格D 1The network device transmits to the second indication information terminal I 1, I 1 the second indication information for indicating a first one between the third grid G 0 PRB and the first grid PRB D A second frequency offset F 1 for determining the first PRB grid D 1 .
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备向所述终端发送第二指示信息I 1,包括: A method according to claim 25 or claim 26, wherein said second network device sends indication information to the terminal I 1, comprising:
    所述网络设备通过物理广播信道PBCH发送所述第二指示信息I 1The network device transmitting the second indication information I 1 through a physical broadcast channel PBCH.
  28. 根据权利要求25-27任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一子载波间隔S 1为15kHz或60kHz。 The method according to any one of claims 25-27, wherein the first subcarrier spacing S 1 is 15 kHz or 60 kHz.
  29. 根据权利要求25-28任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备向终端发送第一指示信息I 3,包括: The method according to any of claims 25-28, wherein the network device transmits the first indication information to the terminal I 3, comprising:
    所述网络设备向所述终端发送剩余最小系统信息RMSI,所述RMSI携带所述第一 指示信息I 3The network device sends residual minimum system information RMSI to the terminal, and the RMSI carries the first indication information I 3 .
  30. 一种通信装置,包括用于执行权利要求18至24任一项所述的各个步骤的单元或手段。A communication device comprising means or means for performing the various steps of any one of claims 18 to 24.
  31. 一种通信装置,包括处理元件,所述处理元件用于与存储元件连接,执行存储元件中存储的程序以实现如权利要求18至24任一项所述的方法。A communication device comprising a processing element for connecting to a storage element, executing a program stored in the storage element to implement the method of any one of claims 18 to 24.
  32. 一种通信装置,包括用于执行权利要求25至29任一项所述的各个步骤的单元或手段。A communication device comprising means or means for performing the various steps of any one of claims 25 to 29.
  33. 一种通信装置,包括处理元件,所述处理元件用于与存储元件连接,执行存储元件中存储的程序以实现如权利要求25至29任一项所述的方法。A communication device comprising a processing element for connecting to a storage element, executing a program stored in the storage element to implement the method of any one of claims 25 to 29.
  34. 一种计算机存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时,用于实现如权利要求18至24任一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium having stored thereon a computer program for performing the method of any one of claims 18 to 24 when executed by a processor.
  35. 一种计算机存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时,用于实现如权利要求25至29任一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium having stored thereon a computer program for performing the method of any one of claims 25 to 29 when executed by a processor.
  36. 一种通信方法,包括:A communication method comprising:
    终端从网络设备接收同步信号,用于所述同步信号的物理资源块网格为第一物理资源块网格;Receiving, by the network device, a synchronization signal, where the physical resource block grid for the synchronization signal is a first physical resource block grid;
    所述终端从所述网络设备接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一物理资源块网格和第二物理资源块网格之间的第一频率偏移;The terminal receives the first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency offset between the first physical resource block grid and the second physical resource block grid;
    所述终端从所述网络设备接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第二物理资源块网格和第三物理资源块网格之间的第二频率偏移。The terminal receives the second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a second frequency offset between the second physical resource block grid and the third physical resource block grid.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 36, further comprising:
    所述终端根据所述同步信号,确定所述第一物理资源块网格;Determining, by the terminal, the first physical resource block grid according to the synchronization signal;
    根据所述第一物理资源块网格和所述第一频率偏移,确定所述第二物理资源块网格。Determining the second physical resource block grid according to the first physical resource block grid and the first frequency offset.
  38. 根据权利要求36或37所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 36 or 37, further comprising:
    所述终端根据所述第二物理资源块网格和所述第二频率偏移,确定所述第三物理资源块网格。The terminal determines the third physical resource block grid according to the second physical resource block grid and the second frequency offset.
  39. 根据权利要求36-38任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of any of claims 36-38, further comprising:
    所述终端根据所述第三物理资源块网格与所述网络设备进行信息传输。The terminal performs information transmission with the network device according to the third physical resource block grid.
  40. 根据权利要求36-39任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端从所述网络设备接收第一指示信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 36 to 39, wherein the receiving, by the terminal, the first indication information from the network device comprises:
    所述终端通过物理广播信道PBCH接收所述第一指示信息。The terminal receives the first indication information through a physical broadcast channel PBCH.
  41. 根据权利要求36-40任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端从所述网络设备接收所述第三指示信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 36 to 40, wherein the receiving, by the terminal, the third indication information from the network device comprises:
    所述终端接收剩余最小系统信息RMSI,所述RMSI携带所述第三指示信息。The terminal receives remaining minimum system information RMSI, and the RMSI carries the third indication information.
  42. 根据权利要求36-41任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二物理资源块网格的子载波间隔为15kHz或60kHz。The method according to any one of claims 36 to 41, wherein the subcarrier spacing of the second physical resource block grid is 15 kHz or 60 kHz.
  43. 一种通信方法,包括:A communication method comprising:
    网络设备向终端发送同步信号,用于所述同步信号的物理资源块网格为第一物理资源块网格;The network device sends a synchronization signal to the terminal, and the physical resource block grid for the synchronization signal is a first physical resource block grid;
    所述网络设备向所述终端发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一物理资源块网格和第二物理资源块网格之间的第一频率偏移;The network device sends first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first frequency offset between the first physical resource block grid and the second physical resource block grid;
    所述网络设备向所述终端发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第二物理资源块网格和第三物理资源块网格之间的第二频率偏移。The network device sends second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate a second frequency offset between the second physical resource block grid and the third physical resource block grid.
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 43 further comprising:
    所述网络设备根据所述第三物理资源块网格与所述终端进行信息传输。The network device performs information transmission with the terminal according to the third physical resource block grid.
  45. 根据权利要求43或44所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备向所述终端发送第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 43 or 44, wherein the sending, by the network device, the first indication information to the terminal comprises:
    所述网络设备通过物理广播信道PBCH发送所述第一指示信息。The network device sends the first indication information through a physical broadcast channel PBCH.
  46. 根据权利要求43-45任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备向所述终端发送所述第三指示信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 43 to 45, wherein the sending, by the network device, the third indication information to the terminal comprises:
    所述网络设备发送剩余最小系统信息RMSI,所述RMSI携带所述第三指示信息。The network device transmits remaining minimum system information RMSI, the RMSI carrying the third indication information.
  47. 根据权利要求43-46任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二物理资源块网格的子载波间隔为15kHz或60kHz。The method according to any of claims 43-46, wherein the subcarrier spacing of the second physical resource block grid is 15 kHz or 60 kHz.
  48. 一种通信装置,包括用于执行权利要求36至42任一项所述的各个步骤的单元或手段。A communication device comprising means or means for performing the various steps of any one of claims 36 to 42.
  49. 一种通信装置,包括处理元件,所述处理元件用于与存储元件连接,执行存储元件中存储的程序以实现如权利要求36至42任一项所述的方法。A communication device comprising a processing element for connecting to a storage element, executing a program stored in the storage element to implement the method of any one of claims 36 to 42.
  50. 一种通信装置,包括用于执行权利要求43至47任一项所述的各个步骤的单元或手段。A communication device comprising means or means for performing the various steps of any one of claims 43 to 47.
  51. 一种通信装置,包括处理元件,所述处理元件用于与存储元件连接,执行存储元件中存储的程序以实现如权利要求43至47任一项所述的方法。A communication device comprising a processing element for connecting to a storage element, executing a program stored in the storage element to implement the method of any one of claims 43 to 47.
  52. 一种计算机存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时,用于实现如权利要求36至42任一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium having stored thereon a computer program for performing the method of any one of claims 36 to 42 when executed by a processor.
  53. 一种计算机存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时,用于实现如权利要求43至47任一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium having stored thereon a computer program for performing the method of any one of claims 43 to 47 when executed by a processor.
PCT/CN2018/100072 2017-08-11 2018-08-10 Communication method, apparatus and system WO2019029728A1 (en)

Priority Applications (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
BR112020002744-8A BR112020002744A2 (en) 2017-08-11 2018-08-10 communication method, communications device, and computer storage media
JP2020529803A JP7016416B2 (en) 2017-08-11 2018-08-10 Communication methods, communication devices, and communication systems
KR1020207007237A KR102364994B1 (en) 2017-08-11 2018-08-10 Communication method, communication device and communication system
CN201880052150.3A CN111357229A (en) 2017-08-11 2018-08-10 Communication method, device and system
RU2020109947A RU2770687C2 (en) 2017-08-11 2018-08-10 Communication method, communication device and communication system
EP18844532.4A EP3547592B1 (en) 2017-08-11 2018-08-10 Communication method and apparatus
AU2018315385A AU2018315385B2 (en) 2017-08-11 2018-08-10 Communication method, communications apparatus, and computer storage medium
EP21189833.3A EP3972181A1 (en) 2017-08-11 2018-08-10 Methods and apparatuses for a communication system employing different prb grids
US16/235,539 US11075789B2 (en) 2017-08-11 2018-12-28 Communication method, communications apparatus, and communications system
US17/351,941 US20210314208A1 (en) 2017-08-11 2021-06-18 Communication method, communications apparatus, and communications system

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710687875 2017-08-11
CN201710687875.7 2017-08-11
CN201710908898.6A CN109392081B (en) 2017-08-11 2017-09-29 Communication method, device and system
CN201710908898.6 2017-09-29

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/235,539 Continuation US11075789B2 (en) 2017-08-11 2018-12-28 Communication method, communications apparatus, and communications system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019029728A1 true WO2019029728A1 (en) 2019-02-14

Family

ID=65273236

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/100072 WO2019029728A1 (en) 2017-08-11 2018-08-10 Communication method, apparatus and system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019029728A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104754763A (en) * 2013-12-30 2015-07-01 索尼公司 Terminal-to-terminal resource distribution regulating method, base station and user equipment
CN106961734A (en) * 2016-01-11 2017-07-18 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The transmission method and device of information
WO2017123279A1 (en) * 2016-01-15 2017-07-20 Intel IP Corporation Evolved node-b (enb), user equipment (ue) and methods for communication of a channel raster frequency offset
WO2017136003A1 (en) * 2016-02-05 2017-08-10 Intel IP Corporation Narrowband internet of things devices and method of operation thereof

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104754763A (en) * 2013-12-30 2015-07-01 索尼公司 Terminal-to-terminal resource distribution regulating method, base station and user equipment
CN106961734A (en) * 2016-01-11 2017-07-18 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The transmission method and device of information
WO2017123279A1 (en) * 2016-01-15 2017-07-20 Intel IP Corporation Evolved node-b (enb), user equipment (ue) and methods for communication of a channel raster frequency offset
WO2017136003A1 (en) * 2016-02-05 2017-08-10 Intel IP Corporation Narrowband internet of things devices and method of operation thereof

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3547592A4 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
RU2770687C2 (en) Communication method, communication device and communication system
WO2019184956A1 (en) Random access method and apparatus
WO2019233398A1 (en) Data transmission method, communication apparatus and storage medium
WO2021146998A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining initial bandwidth part (bwp), and storage medium
WO2015067197A1 (en) Sending method and sending device for d2d discovery signal
US11363635B2 (en) Apparatus and method for extremely high throughput (EHT) medium reservation
WO2019149088A1 (en) Random access method and device
WO2020221199A1 (en) Resource allocation method and device
WO2019029348A1 (en) Data transmission method, terminal, and base station
WO2020156184A1 (en) Method and device for acquiring system information
WO2019015445A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US11375390B2 (en) Device and method of handling a measurement configuration and a reporting
WO2020034226A1 (en) Downlink control information transmission method and apparatus
WO2022063173A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining transmission and reception point
WO2019029728A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
JP6564856B2 (en) User equipment
JP6814636B2 (en) Terminal devices, integrated circuits, and communication methods
WO2024011434A1 (en) Methods and apparatuses for determining control resource set (coreset) #0
WO2022178881A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2020143685A1 (en) Method and device for sending synchronization signal
WO2024031233A1 (en) Communication method and terminal device
WO2024031533A1 (en) Sidelink positioning method, terminal device and network device
WO2024011632A1 (en) Resource configuration method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2018228565A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining resource block group size
WO2021031044A1 (en) Iab node access method, iab node, and communication system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18844532

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018844532

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20190627

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020529803

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112020002744

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20207007237

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018315385

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20180810

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112020002744

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20200210